+rR ~- 24 SERIES - 24 'tfrt CSiACI( 1R Rtilq ~ R41! SPECIAL SURVEY REPORT ON PORT BLAIR atri'4f111 am- f.titl)ill( ~ wm ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS The cover photograph is of notorious and dreaded Cellular Jail-popularly known as the Jail of Kalapani. The construction of the Jail was completed in 1906 which had 698 cells. It is mute sagaman of history of great freedom fighters. The Jail has been declared as National Monument on 11 th Febru~ry, 1979 by Hon'ble Shri Morarji Desai, the then Prime Minister of India. CONTENTS PAGES FOREWORD IX PREFACE XI CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION 1-8 Location and Site Selection, Topography and Physical Environ ment, Flora and Fauna, Climate, Rainfall and Humidity, Transport and Communication, Morphology, Ethnic groups CHAPTER" HISTORY OF GROWTH 9-14 Brief History of the Andamans prior to settlement, First Settlement (1789-1796), second penal settlement; shifting of Headquarters of settlement, Japanese occupation, Groth of Port Blair after Independence, Formation of Port Blair town, Effect of Migration, Impact of Topography on the growth of Population, Wards and residential pattern CHAPTER'" AMENITIES AND SERVICES 15-26 History of~rowth and pres8ilt poSition, Administration, District Office, Police Office, Judiciafjf, A.P.W. D., Forest Department, Electricity, Education, Health, All India ~adio and Doordarshan, Shipping arw .Marine, Port Blair Municipal Board v CHAPTER IV ECONOMIC LIFE OF THE TOWN 27-34 Collection of data, Economic Life, Andaman Chamber of Com merce and Industry, Market, Households by type of household and occupation of Head of Household, Distribution of household by Employment depth, Unemployment, Occupational diversity, Distribution of population by workers, Non-workers and by age group and sex, Castes and Creeds, Agriculture and Horticulture CHAPTERV ETHNIC AND SELECTED SOCIQ DEMOGRApHIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POPULATION 35-40 Ethnic composition of the population, Mother tongue, Scheduled castes and Scheduled tribes, Houseless and Institutional popu lation, Distribution of population by Age, Sex, Marital Status, Educatio~ and Religion in sample households CHEPTER VI MIGRATION AND SETILEMENT 41-45 General, Population classified by place of birth, Migrants classi fied by place of birth, Migrants by place of last residence, Migrants by reasons for Migration, Place of birth of head of household, Distribution of Migrants by workers and Non-work ers, Property of Migrants CHAPTER VII NEIGHBOURHOOD PATIERN 47·51 General, Festivals, Boundaries of localities, Characteristics of location CHAPTER VIII FAMILY LIFE IN THE TOWN 53·57 Type of family, Distribution of households by mig~ant and non migrant, by number of membrs and age and education, House holds whose family members are staying outside by religion and place of migration, Remittar.ces VI CHAPTER IX HOUSING AND MATERIAL CULTURE 59-62 General, Houses·, Electricity and Toilets, Drinking water, Problems faced by Households, Housing material, Houses, Households and Furniture, Light Fuel and Migration Status, Luxury items CHEPTER X SLUMS, BLIGHTED AND OTHER AREAS WITH SUB-STANDARD LIVING CONDITIONS 63 CHAPTER XI ORGANISATION OF POWER AND PRESTIGE 65-68 Voting preference-Lok Sabha Election, 1984, Members of Pradesh Council, Members of Port Blair Municipal Board, Trade Unions, Respectable and Influencial persons CHAPTER XII LEISURE, RECREATION, SOCIAL PARTICIPATION, SOCIAL AWARENESS, RELIGION AND CRIMES 69-76 Cultural and Recreational Centres, Temples, Mosques, Churches, Gurudwaras, etc. Parks, Zoological Garden and Playgrounds, Town Hall and Clubs, Cinema Houses, Television and Radio, Places of Tourist interests, Newspapers, Crimes, Family WeHare and Social Welfare programmes CHAPTER XIII LINKAGE AND CONTINUA 77-80 Brief history and georgraphy, Second Penal Settlement, Linkage and passenger traffic, Visit to rural areas, Effect of Urbanisation on nearby villages CHAPTER XIV CONCLSION 81-82 Appendices 1-48 Survey Tables 84-157 49 List of Tr~~ Unios._ 158-159 -56 "tfunicipal Board Constitution, Bye-laws and rules etc. 160-169 57 Scientific names of important animals of Port Blair, Andamans 170 58 Botanical names of plants 171 59 Bibliography 172-178 VII FOREWORD Apart from the decennial enumeration of population, the Indian Census is steeped in the tradition of undertaking a variety of studies of topical interest. In fact, the publications brought out in connection with the earlier censuses contained veritable mines of information on racial, cultural, linguistic and a number of other aspects of life of the people of this country. With the advent of freedom, however, the scope and dimension of these special studies had to be restructured in a manner that would provide the basic feedbacks on the processes of development taking place in different spheres of life of the people especially under planned development. Thus, in connection with the 1961 Census, a massive programme was launched inter-alia to conduct social-economic survey of about 500 villages selected from different parts of the country. The main objective of this study was to know the way of life of the people living in Indian villages which accounted for 82 per cent of the total population as per the 1961 Census. There W:lS, however, an imperative need to extend the area of the study to urban centres as well, to provide a complete coverage of the people living in socio-economic conditions. It was with this objective in view ancillary studies on towns were lanunched as part of the social studies programme in connection with the 1971 Census. The programme of social studies taken up in connection with the 1971 Census, was continued without any major change at the 1981 Census as well. A study on traditional rural based handicrafts was, however, added as a new item under the sQcial study projects of the 1981 Census. For the conduct of urban study, 64 small and medium towns were selected from different parts of the country following the criteria such as (a) size, (b) demographic features, (c) functional characteristics, (d) specific industry or occupation dominating the economy, (e) location, (f) concentration of different ,castes and communities, and (g) other SOCial and cultural phenomenon like temple town, health resort etc. The research deSign, tools for data collection and formats for data tabulation and report writing required for urban studies were originally formulated by Dr. B.K. Roy Burman, the then Deputy Registrar General, Social Studies Division. His successor, Dr. N.G. Nag took considerable pains to revise all the formats to make them more comprehensive. Dr. K.P. Ittaman, the present Deputy Registrar General heading Social Studies Division, coordinated these studies at different levels as well as rendered necessary guidance to the Directorates of Census Operations for their successful consummation. Shri M.K. Jain, Senior Research Officer with the able assistance of Investigators, Shri S. Sanyal and Shri S. C. Madan did a commendable job in scrutinising the report and commu nicating the comments thereon to the Directorates. I am grateful to all the them. The present report is the out-come of a study on Port Blair town undertaken by the Directorate of Census Operations, Andaman & NiCobar Islands. I am indebted to Shri Balwant Singh, Deputy Director of Census Operations and his colleagues in the Census Directorate for their pains taking efforts in bringing out this report. New Deihl, the 28, March, 1989 V.S. VERMA REGISTRAR GENERAL,INDIA" IX PREFACE The modern cenus is not merely an operation of counting of human heads. It is much more than that. Truely speaking. it is a mine of information containing varieties of data required by the Administrators. Planners. Economists. Demographers, Social Workers, Business Men and Entrepre neures, Educationists etc. That is why the importance of census is being increasingly recognised by one and all. In 1971 Census a programme of conducting in depth studies in the form of town studies projects was taken up which continued in 1981 Census also. Under this special survey project. Port Blair, the only town in Andaman and Nicobar Islands was selected as one of the 64 towns selected all over the country for in-depth study. However. due to several constraints. the study could not be taken up earlier. Hence it was carried out as a part of the Intercensal project of 1981Census. The schedules of the study were devised in two parts viz. Household schedules and Town schedules. The Household schedules were canvassed by the Investigators in 200 selected house holds whereas the information in Town schedules were collected from different offices and organi sations. The field work of canvassing schedules was commenced by Shri S.P. Sharma. Deputy Director in 1984 and followed up by Shri R.K. Bhatia. Deputy Director who relieved Shri S.P. Sharma in 1984. I joined this office in 1987 and persued this work further. In this task I was ably assisted by two officials namely Shri Manzoor Ali. Senior Supervisor and Prem Kumar Pathak. Statistical Assistant who were kindly transferred for a period of six months by Registrar General. India from the Census Directorate of Uttar Pradesh. Lucknow to take up the remaining field work and tabulation work. In spite of our best efforts many a departments/organisations could not furnish the information as required in Town schedules. Therefore. as far as possible, this gap was abridged by using data published in other publications. The task of study of Port Blair Town was tough and huge. The credit of completing this report is duly shared by all gentlemen involved from beginning to end. The dictation and typing work was attended to by Shri K.V. K. Nair, Junior Stenographer, S/Shri R. Sasi, Upper Division Clerk,V.O. Koshy, Computor and Churchil, Lower Division Clerk also assisted in the typing work. The collection of photographs was done by Shri M.L. Puri, Office Superintendent. I avail this opportunity to thank my office colleagues involved directly or indirectly and Heads of Offices of A ndaman & Nicobar Admini stration who furnished the information as per town schedules. Lastly I would like to express my gratitude to S/Shri V.S. Verma, Registrar General, India Mahendra l'Jath, Joint Registrar General, India and Virendra Singh, Chief Secretary, Andaman & Nicobar Administration whose encouragement enabled me to complete this publication. Port Blair the 20th March, 1989 BALWANT SINGH Deputy Director of Census Operations XI ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 1. Shri P.K. T. Nair, Field Investigation Statistical AssistanJ 2. Smt. M.V. Saraswathi, Computor 3. Smt. Thankom Thomas, Computor 4. Smt. Sarama Samrnuel, Tabulation and Assistant Comparison 5. Smt. N. Meenambai, Accountant. 6. Shri. K.N. Mishra. Statistical Assistant 7. Shrl B.N. Mishra, Computor 8. Shri P. Das Gupta Computor 9. Smt. Pennamma Chenan, Uppear Division Clerk 10. Smt. K.S. Nalini, UpPer;:. Division Clerk XIII PORT BLAIR TOWN AT A GLANCE (1981 Census) Location Tehsil Port Blair District Andamans Distance from : Calcutta 1,295 Km. Madras 1,190 Km. Vishakhapatnam - 1,200 Km. Area 14.14 Sq. Km. Population Persons 49,634 Males 28,860 Females 20,774 Denisty of Population 3,510 Per Sq. Km. Decennial Population + 89.31 Growth Rate (1971-81) Sex Ratio 720 Households 11,368 Residential Houses 11,192 Scheduled Castes Nil Scheduled Tribes 271 Percentage of Hindu 72.96 Population Muslim 14.13 according to Christian 11.52 Religion Sikkh 1.00 Buddhist 0.13 Jain 0.02 Literates Males 20,691 Females 11,837 Total workers: Persons 17,798 Males 16,367 Females 1,431 xv Marginal workers persons 309 Males 244 Females 65 Non-workers : Persons 31,527 Males 12,249 Females 19,278 Rainfall (average) 3,180.0 (in mm.) Temperature Mean (average) Minimum 23° C Mean Minimum Communication with mainland By Sea and Air Educational Institution: i) Degree College/B. Ed.1 T.T.I. 2 Nos. ii) Higher SecQndary Schools . 6 Nos. iii) Primary/Middle/High Schools 18 Nos. Medical Institution i) Government Hospital 1 ii) Others 6 Religious Institution Temple 27 Mosque 6 Church 6 Gurudwara 3 Others 1 Places of Recreation: i) Cinema Theatres 3 Ii) Parks 1 iii) Clubs/Associations 11 XVI 1 CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION Location was abolished and general amnesty was granted to all peoples either to continue to settle in these islands or to Port Blair, the only town In Andaman and Nicobar revert to the mainland of India/country to which they Island, is situated along the east coast of South An belonged. daman Island, lying at a distance of 1,255 Kms from Calcutta, 1,190 Kms from Madras,. 1200 Kms from In 1951 , Port Blair town was formed by comprising Vis_!1akapa1nam and 360 Kms from RaflgO,on the capital 9 villages viz., Chatham, Haddo, Buniabad, Phoenix of Burma. Bay, Junglighat, Aberdeen Village, Aberdeen Bazar, South Point and Sadipur. In August, 1974, the villages The present site of the town was s~lected by Lt. of Lambaline, Minnie Bay, Nayagaon, Dudh Line, part of Archibald Blair, a marine Surveyor of the Royal Navy. School Line, Corbyn's Cove and Good Will Estate were The site was selected keeping in view the advantage of included in the municipal area. Thu~_the area of Port safe harbour for British ships which could take shelter in Blair increased from 7.87 sq. km in 1951 to 14.14 sq. km bad weather during voyage on the one hand and on the in 1974. other the site was more or less in the middle -of the islands chain. Lt. Blair took possession of the Harbour in Topography and physical environment 1789, and established his headquarters at Chatham Islands, now a part of Port Blairtown. However, present Port Blair is situated almost in middle of South site of Port Blair was abandoned in 1792 and settlement J$1:aQd. The topography of the town may be character was shifted to now Port Cornwallies in North Andamans ,!Sed by Ipw range of hills enclosing narrow valleys and' because of good climatic conditions and fertility of land. leaving narrow coastal stretches. The hills ~o down ,to The settl~ment in Port Cornwallies was also not proved water edge which indicate that the hills form part of sub successful. Due to high intensity of sickness and mortal merged mountain range. The most of the area of the ity, the settlement was completely abandoned and town is covered by ridges and- valleys except that of abolished in 1796 Mohan Pura, Ju nglighat and ~ilfTlba'ine where some flat land is available. Port Blair proyides a pollution free The outbreak of first Independence War in 1857. in environment since there is.~~ fnajor' industrial unit to mainland of India, brought home the added importance pollute it except power l1t)(js.es-, Saw Mills and Ships of these islands which could also be used as isolated visiting it. Whatever polll:JtiOnis caused by modernisa ward for devoted freedom fighters. Accordingly in March, tion of the city is either washed away by heavy rains for 1858, Dr. J.P. Walker, Jail Superintendent arrived in about/9 months in a year or absorbed by the green Port Blair Harbour alongwith 200 convicts (mostly free umbrella of vegetation provided over the town by the dom fighters), alongw~h a guard of 50 men of the old nature. Bays, harboures, greenary and colourful i:'IJild Royal Naval Brigade and cleared Chatham and Ross ings of the town present matchless scenic beauty. The Islands. The administrative headquarter was set up in highest hill of this territory is 732 metres high which is Ross Island whereas Chatham Island was used to have s~uated in North Andaman. The nearest hill to Port Blair penal settlement. With the arrival of additional convict town is called Mount Harriet which is 365 metre high batches and increase in progeny of old convicts, the only. As mentioned earlier, the first settlement was penal settlement in subsequent years spread over to made on Chatham Island which ·Is very close to main many other places in South Andaman Islands and other South Andaman island and is separated by a very islands of Middle and North Andamans. The Andman & J shallow sea water. Upto 1977, the Chatham Island Nicobar Islands remained in Japanese occupatio'n from remained connected whh rest of Port Blair by a wooden March, 1942 to October, 1945. After re-occupatlon of cause-way. In order to cope whh heavy tranSport ytt.: .... , these islands by Brltlshers In 1945, the penal settlement hicles, the wooden causeway was replaced by a RCC 2 causeway in 1978. During the same decade, a new war monsoons. iher~ Ate ohly two seasons viz., rainy at Haddo was constructed in order to increase berthing season Md summer seaS6i1. the period of which is given capacity for· sea going vessels. The construction of below: these two assets provided a basic infrastructure for the development of Port Blair in particular and Andman & (1) The dry lea!)On (middle of January to end of Nicobar Islands in general. April) (2) The aeM6f1 of South-West Monsoon (From Flora and fauna May to ft\lddl~ ot october) (3) The season of North-East Monsoon (middle of . Port Bldir was once covered fully with tropical for OGtobef to f}ecember). ests form base to top. The forests were of three catego ries i.e., evergreen deciduous and mangrove growing 'the extreme of summer and winter are not experi from the sea coast to the top of hills. Due to colonization enced in the town. The month-wise variation in the and systematic deforestation, Port Blair Is devoid of m'aximum and minimum temperature recorded at Port forest now. The only vegetation seen in PorfSlair is of Blair may be seen from the following table 1.1. The the trees which are not found suitable for commercial average annual variation in tbe maximum and minimum. purposes or planted later on. Besides, there are few temperatuf~ Inthe last 16 years is as follows:- patches of coconut and cashewnut plantations inside the Port Blair town. The otfier tree like mango, guava. Table 1.1 drumstick, jackfruit, pipal, pilkhan and varieties of gul mohar are also planted by the side of roads and in vacant Mean maximum and minimum temperature recorded lands. T.here are also kitchen gardens around most of at Port Blair during 1972-1981 the ~ouses that contain banana, cashewnut, bettlenut, jack fruit, pa~aya and pine-apples etc., besides vege Year Month Maximum Month Minimum tables. 1 2 a 4 5 In so far as fauna is concerned,oniV the domestic 1912 March 31.8 February 19.7 animals such as cow, buffaloes. goats, sheeps, pigs, 1973 April 32.8 January 20.2 dogs are kept by the people of the town. The common 1974 April· 31.2 JanuarY 19.9 birds that inhabitate the region are hawk, eagle, black 1975 April 32.2 ' February 20.7 head bulbul, cuckoo and white head mynah. Non-poi 1976 April 31.9 February 18.6 sonous snakes and grass snakes, Andaman cat snake. 1977 April 32.2 January 18.6 lizards are the reptiles found in the town. The menace at 1978 April 3~.1 January 18.7 ticks, leaches and centipede makes the life sometimes 1979 March 31.5 February 20.5 t~ublesome in the town. 1980 April 32.8 March 21.8 1981 April 32.1 February 21.9 Mpre than 200 species of fish are commonly found in Andaman waters with only 33 species ranking as com mercially if11)Ortant. About 18 different kinds of fishes It may be seen from the above table 1.1 that the are used as food. Som~ important species are surmai, average maximum temperature at Port Blair varies . kokari, tarani, etc. Besides fish, prons, crabs (kekra), between 31.20 Cand 32.80 C in the months of March and ... crocodile and tortoise are also the common species of April and average minimum temperature varies between Andaman water which are available in the sea water 18.60 C to 21.90 C in the months January to February. around Port Blair town. The town enjoys a comfortable and heatthy climate during four months starting from December to March: .. Climate The sunshine, no doubt, becomes intolerable form mid March to April when the sun comes direct over head and Port Blair is situated in the tropical zone. The climate there is no .rain or clouds in the sky to provide protection of the town has been described as tropicaltype but the from direct sun rays. However during these months also sea breezes blowing in from surrounding sea make it sea breeze cools down the temperature and it does not pleasant. The town Is also disturbed frequently by go very high as on the mainland of India. storms and cyctones during South·West and North-East 3 Rainfall and humidity west monsoon. The weather during the dry season (middle of January to April) remains warm and less It rains for about eight to nine months here. The moisturous.ln the early morning the weather is pleasant south-we$t monsoon commences in the beginning Of mild cold and one feels comfortable after wrapping May and continues till the middle of October in which himself in a cotton shawl during the months of January town receives major part to total rainfall. After October and February. the wind direction changes form south-west to north The following tables show the total rainfall, number east which attract the north-east monsoon. The period of rainy days, temperature and humidity during five of north-east monsoon is much less compared to south~ years i.e., from 1977 to 81 at Port Blair: Table 1.2 Rainfall, Temperature & Humidity (Average rainfall 318 em) Year Actual rain- Average temperature Average No. of all (ems) Minimum Maximum humidity rainy (%) days 2 3 4 5 6 1977 233.18 21.40 29.8 80 124 1978 266.33 21.21 29.8 79 136 1979 154.14 23.50 30.1 76 123 1980 375.66 23.00 30.2 78 127 1981 320.40 23.20 29:'8 78 127 Table 1.3 Monthly rainfall during 1977-81 fin cms.} Months 'Years 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 2 3 4 5 6 January 6.33 12.49 0.80 O~ 1.97 February 1.18 3.23 0.00 0.0 0.74 March 0.97 0.00 1.08 0.0 0.00 April 1.17 4.12 7.48 8.2 4.12 May 31.11 44.05 15.36 79.83 30.29 June 30.07 33.55 26.60 58.68 57.14 July 42.61 64.71 40.40 52.90 25.29 August 45.19 29.73 10.65 53.18 61.14 September 34.38 33.34 30.62 34.33 50.72 October 30.88 30.54 14.95 15.05 31.45 November 0.09 9.96 3.03 9.91 30.87 December 0.20 0.61 0.17 70.97 26.67 4 Transport & communication with other places Shadipur 5 Port Blairtown is oneofthe four towns of India which Dairy Farm 5 gave no road links with any town of mainland of India. Chatham 5 The other three towns are in Lakshadweep Islands. Port Haddo jetty 5 ~'aif, is also not linked by road to all villages, except the Buniyadabad 5 vllla~s in South Andaman Main Island, in this terr~ory. Por(Slair is linked with some places by road transport The bus trgnsport seNiee till recently was fully ~Iy, with some other places by sea transport only and owned and managed by the. UT Administration through with some both by sea and air transport. its Transport Department. On small selected routes private mini bus service has also been introduced to Internal road transport cope with the increasing demand from public for more transport facimies. The town is also served by a well managed transport city bus service besides taxies. The As already mentioned above, Port Blair is con roads of this territory are washed by heavy rains for nected with road with the villages in the main island of about eight months. The rain water does not stagnate Andaman. The total roads length in the main ~th but flows down to the sea within no time because of the Island of South Andaman is 87 Krn Trunk Road 85 Km stopy turf of land. The responsibility of maintaining and in Port Blair H.O. area and 129 km' other roads 'outside construction of roads rests w~h the Andaman Public Port Blair town. About 37 buses are plying between Port Works Department. Blair a~ villages of South Anclaman (main island) with Port blair as Bus Terminus Point. The distance by bus route from Port Blair to various places is given in the Sea transport following table: The sea transport is a life line for Port Blair in Table 1.4 particular and Andamans and Nicobars in general. Port Blair is linked with thr~e major ports on the mainland of Distance from Port Blair by bus route to selected I~ia viz., C~lcutta, Vishakapatnam and Madras through villages in rural areas 01 South Andaman big sea gOing vessels. Port Blair is also linked with various parts in various inhabited islands with small Port Blair Bus To Distance inter-island sea going vessels. Thus sea transport can Terminus be divided into two types of transport viz., (i) Mainland-Island Sea Transport 1 2 3 (ii) Inter-island Sea Transport Jirkatang 64 Bambooflat 46 (i) Mainland-Island sea transport Wandoor 30 Wimberlygunj 42 The mainland gOing vessels are plying ex-Port Blair Manjeri 24 to Calcutta, Madras and Vishakhapatnam and vice Chidiyatappu 28 vers~ as per schedule chalked out (generally weekly Tirur 36 service between Port Blair-Calcutta-Madras and once in Dundas Point 32 three months between Port Blair and Vishakhapatnam) Namunaghar 30 by the Shipping Corporation of India. At present five pas Chouldari 20 senger-cum-cargo vessels viz., M.v. Andmans, MY Portmout 24 Harshavardhana.M.V. Akbar M.V. nazd II and M.V. Sippighat 24· Nazd III are playing between Port Blair and mainland Garacharma 10 ports. Besides above ships, there are two cargo ships Dollygunj 10 named as M.V. Shompens and M.V. Diglipur are also Calicut 14 plying between mainland and Port Blair. The following Burdline 10 tab.le present.S shipwise passenger and cargo capacity School Line 6 which are plYing between Port Blair and mainland ports: 5 Table 1.5 Passenger and cargo capacity of ships Name of vessel Passenger capacity Cargo capacity Cabin Bunk (M.T) 2 3 4 M.V. Andamans S6 552 1,150 M.V. Harshavardhana 153 596 1,500 M.V. Akbar 80 1495 1,000 M.V. Nazd-II 264 361 Nil M.V. Nazd-III 264 361 Nil M.V. Diglipur 6,500 M.V. Shompen 3,,500 The sailing schedule Of passenger ships is drawn by the Shipping Corporation of India in consultation wnh the (6) The Public Relation Officer, Andaman Guest Andman &Nicobar Administration. Information relating House, P-22, Ballygunj, Calcutta. to sailing schedule remains available wnh the following:- The intending visitors are to apply for cabin pas (1) The Manager, SCI, Nilhat House, sages to the Assistant Secretary (Public), A & N Admini No. 13 Strand Road, Calcutta. stration, Secretariat, Port Blair wnh a 50% advance of (2) The Manager, SCI, Lingi Chetti Street, Madras. the actual fare of the ship for cabin class accommoda (3) The Manager, SCI, Aberdeen Bazar, Port Blair tion and bunk class passengers are to apply to the (4) The Andman &Nicobar Administration, Secre- manager, SCI, Port Blairforbunk class accommodation. tariat, Port Blair. A passport size photograph is also to be produced at the (5) The Public Relation Officer, F-105, Andaman time of collecting the ticket which is pasted on the ticket House, Kasturba Gandhi Marg, New Delhi. Table 1.6 Shipwise tariff of mainland going ships Type of Accommodation Revised Fare Advance of 50% M. V. Harshavardhana Deluxe (Single berth) 837.00 418.50 Deluxe (Double berth) 769.50 384.75 1st Class (Four berths) 769.50 384.75 'B' Class Cabin 583.50 291.75 'C' Class Cabin 532.50 266i25 AlC Bunk 123.00 62.50 M. V.Andamans Deluxe 770.00 385.00 State Room 769.50 385.75 Other State Room/Double berth 732.00 366.00 Four/Six berth cabin 583.50 291.75 Ordinary Bl;)nk 86.25 34.50 6 Table 1.6- concld. M. V. Najd-II & /JI 1st Class Cabin 583.50 291.7$ lind Class C;;lbin 375.00 187.S0 ReclininQ Ch~irs (AlC) 125.00 6~.50 Sofa Se~t (NO) 1~5.00 6e·6Q Floor Sitting/Sleeping space (AlO) 100·00 5Q.OQ M.V. Akbar Deluxe Cabin 837.00 418.50 Cabin w~hout attached bath (A/C) 750.00 3?6.00 Dormitory (AlC) . 375.0Q. 1Q7.50 Special Bunk (Provided w~h matress) 125.00 6~.50 Bunk Class (Ordinary) . 86.25 "~.f!O Inter-Island water transport M~hakhari and Jungligh~t jetty. This s~rvlce cater the needs of Office goers. students, tOlJri,ts an(j other g~ily The second category of water transport is the inter passengers. Apart frQm above agenci~s, ships/vessels! island ferry services ex-Port Blair to different islands and motors boats are also owned by th~ Forest, PQlice and vice.versa. The inter-island feny services are of three Marine department~. Th~ priv~te agencies operating categories viI'. , (i) Inter-islancUerry service, (ii) Fore ships are Consumers' Co-QPer@tiv$ $fQres, Akooji Lines, shore ferry service and (iii) LocaN\arbour ferry service. Nicotrades. Haur Lines, ,-tC. (i) In the first category, big and mec;fium size of sea Air transport going vessels operate the inter-island ferry services ex Port Blair to main inter-island ports twice a week.The Prior to construction of Port 13lair ai~ port, the town responsibil~y for maintenance of these' vessels rests was connected with mainland by eea landing planes on with he SCI, but operation of the vessel is controlled by casual basis. However. systematic air$$rviCecame into the Harbour Master (Marine), Andman & Nicobar being when Indian Airlines intrQ<;luced Dakota s~rvic:e Islands. At present four ships viz., M.V. Choura, M.V. between Port Blair and Calcutta. With improvement in Sentinel (both air conditioned), M.V. Onge and T.S.S. air traffic, air fleet and air strip at Port Blair, the Indian Yerewa are operating between major ports of the An Airlines improv~ air service from Dakota 10 sky master, daman & Nicobar group of islands and Port Blair. sky mort to viscount. viscQunt to present 137 boeing s~rvice. (ii) The second category is of small vessels which operate thrice a week between Port Blair and Rangat in Now-a-day, a boeing 737 service q.>erates on Monday. Middle Andaman touching various Intermediary ports Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday from Calcutta tQ Port like Neil, Havelock, Baratang, Kadamtala, Long Island, Blair and back to Calcutt~. Th, MonQay'. ,arvlct Is upto Elphinstone Harbour and Stra~ Island. These vessels Car Nlcobar. The boeing 737 service alSQ Qp8rates on serve the daily needs of the people of Port Blair and of Wednesday. Thursday. Friday and Sunday from nearby islands. The important vessels operating on this Madras to Port Blair and back. Recently, an inter-island route are M.V. Triveni. M.V. Narmada. M.V. L~le An helicopter service has also been introduced by the daman. M.V. Yamuna. M.V. Gomat;. M.V. Teressa. Andman & Nikobar Administration. The helicopter flys M.V. Kort:ful and ".V.F. Kadamtala. from Port Blair and touches Rangat, Mayabunder and Diglipur in Middle and North Andamam; and L~le An (iii) The third category is of local ferry service oper daman. Car NicoQ@r, Nanc:owry and Qampbell Bay in ating in vicin~y of Port Blair connecting Ross island. Nicobar group of islands. panighat. Bambooflat. Dundas Point •. Viper island. 7 poat &telegraph offices or partly to the municipal area of Port Blair in August, 1974. As a resuh o.f merger of these six villages. the area Port Blair 'Is ~~rved with eleven post offices. a of Port Blair town also increased from 7.87 sq. km. in telegraph centre and a telephone exchange. Out of the 1951,1961 and 1971 t014.14sq. km. in 1981. The most eleven post offices, one is G. P.O. and other post offices densely populated areas of the town are Dairy Farm. are located at Junglighat. Secretariat, Delanipur. Aber Hadda, Delanipur. Phoenix Bay, Aberdeen Bazar. deen, Hedda, Chatham, Marine Jetty. Sadipur,. South Aberdeen Basti and Junglighat. The town is generally Point and Radio Colony. All the mail from mainland is neat and clean and full of greenery. flfstreceived in G.P.O. and fromhereiti~sortedoutpost office-Wise and island-wise and despatched to its desti Ethnic group natiott The telegraph office is located near to Indian Airlities dffice and Head Post Office. P9rt Blair is a compensation town and secular in nature in true sense. Truely speaking. no caste system Morphology as prevailing on the mainland is found here. The most plausible reason for this state of affairs may be that most As already mentioned in the earlier paragraphs, the of the descendents of old settlers are not aware of their . nucleus of Port Blairtown was the habitation of Chatham caste. abnormally low ratio of women, remoteness and island which falls in ward no. 1 of the present town of Port famess from the mainland of India. The new migrants Blair. With the swelling of population, the habitation after sometime also mix up with old population and do crossed the boundaries of the tiny island of Chatham not hes~ate to have marriage relations with them. Even and spread over to nearby areas of main South the religious walls are weak and flexible and one can find Andaman Island which is separated by shallow sea many an instances of inter-religious marriages. The water. In course of time many a small and big villages dream of the Father of Nation, Mahatma Gandhi, has came into being in the main island of South Andaman. become true in real sense with immense tolerance Till 1950 there was no urban area/population in this among the followers of different religions. There are no territory. It was only in 1951 when 9 villages viz., separate areas in the town belonging to the residents of Chatham, Haddo. Phoenix Bay, Aberdeen Basti, any particular religious/ethnic group. People of all relig- • Aberdeen Bazar, Buniadabad. South Point. Junglighat ions and regions are scattered over to all parts of the and Sadipur were clubbed together to form a town and town. The major religions represented in the town are as a result of merger of these 9 villages, the town of Port Hindus, Muslims and Christians. The percentage of Hilt' Blair came into being in 1951 with urban population of dus in the town is 72.96 against 64.53 in the territory as 7,789 and area of 7.87 sq. km. The population of the a whole. The percentage of Muslims in the town is 14.13 newly formed town increase very rapidly from 7,789 in against 8.58 in the whole territory. Contrary to above 1951 to 14,075 in 1961. 26.218 in 1971 to 49,634 in trend the percentage of Christions in the town is 11.52 1981. The sudden jump in population in 1981 census against 25.28 in the whole territory. The following table was not a natural increase but because of huge number presents the religion-wise population of Port Blair town of Immigrants from mainland and annexing of 6 new compared to the population of the territory as a whole as villages viz., Lambaline, Nayagoan, Dud Line, Carbyn's per 1981 Census : Cove. Goodwill Estate, Minnie Bay and School Line fully Table 1.7 Religion-wise population Religion Total population Percentage . Total Percentage of the U.T to total population of . to town's population the town population 2 3 4 5 - Buddhists 127 0.07 65 0.13 Christians 48,274 25.58 5,715 11.52 Hindus 121,793 64.53 36,213 72.96 8 Table 1.7 Concld. Religion Total population !"~rcentage Total -Percentage of the U.T. to total population of to town's population the town oopulation 2 3 4 5 Muslims 16,188 8.58 7,015 14.13 Jains 11 N 11 0.02 Sikhs 991 0.52 497 1.00 Other religions & persuation 231 0.12 42 0.09 Religions not stated 1,126 0.60 76 0.15 Total 188,741 100.00 49,634 100.00 II may be observed from the above lable IIlat almost town tilat so far no religiOUS clasll has 1,1kun place In tht_; dll the religions and Ihelrfollowers are settled down in the history of the terri lory as well as town :OW!l II IS 10 Ihe credit of residents of this territory and ~ - -- \ - -- - 9 CHAPTER II HISTORY OF GROWTH OF TOWN As already mentioned in Chapter I that Port Blair is AD) they calieo the land of Rakshasas and the Andama neither an ancient town nor any legend is related to its nese are today regarded as Rakshasas by the natives of formation. However, the history of Port Blair dates back India on being first seen and were so called at once when J9j).§p!e.!11b~!, 1789 and coincides with the history of the they appeared in the streets on a visit to Calcutta in settlement in"@Andarnans. In September, 1789, Lt. 1883. Thus the tribal or primitive natives of these is Archibald Blair, a Marine Surveyor of the Royal British lands, are according to them, the descendants either of Navy occupied Chatham Island which is situated in the Hanuman i.e., monkey or Rakshasas. But according to centre of the main South Andaman island. This is the Portuguese version on the origin of these tribals, a few point from where the seed of penal settlement grew into ships carrying the Africans were abandoned in the the trees of Port Blair penal settlement and of course into vicinity of these islands and therefore, the old natives of Port Blair town also since the habitation in the island of these islands are descendants of African tribe. But this Chatham falls, at present, within the jurisdiction of Port theory if also not tenable as the anthropological features Blair town. of any human race do not completely change within a short period of few hundred years. Brief history of the Andamans prior to settlement First settlement (1789-1796) The present area of Port Blair town was once the The notices of the islands by old travellers continued home of two major tribes viz., Andamanese and during their voyages during 15th, 16th and 17th centu ries. In the middle of 18th century, the East India Com Jarawas. The Andamanese generally used to reside in the coastal areas whereas the Jarawas used to reside in pany and Royal Naval Commanders and Surveyors the interior of South Andaman. The whole of South An began to make accurate reports of parts of the coasts in daman Island, actually, was the hunting place of these charts preserved. Owing to the piraCies :md ill-treatment two tribes. Till date no authentic history is available of snip wracked and distressed crews, the Company under Lord Cornwallis commissioned the great relating to the origin of these primitive natives of these islands. There are different versions relating to their Surveyor Lt. Archibald Blair in 1788 to start a settlement origin from various travellers viz., the Chinese, on the ordinary lines to which convicts were afterwards Malayasians, Indians, Portuguese, etc., who passed sC::nt as labourers. In September 1789, the first settle rllent was started in Chatham Island (which now falls in during t~eir voyag~s through these islands. As per records, In 1901 Census report the Chinese and Japa the jurisdiction of Port Blair town) by Lt. Blair and the nese know these islands respectively as Yong-t'emang settlement was named after the then Governor General and Andaban in the first AD. Then comes Marco Polo of India, Lord CornWallis (Port Cornwallis). The settle ment in an around Chatham Island continued till August, with his Arabic dual form Angamanian in 1292 and Nicole Centi· in 1430 with Andemania and after him 1791. On the recommendations of Commander Cornwal almost all travellers and map makers with some form of lis, the brother of the then Governor General, India, the Andaman. All these terms seem obviously to be based settlement was shifted to North Andaman Island with the on the Malayasian name forthe islands as Malays of the same name a3 Port Cornwallis and the island as Chatham Peninsula have, for many centuries used these islands Island. The grounds for the shifting and removal of for their piratical practices and for a trade in Andama settlement from South Andaman to North Andaman nese slaves to their ()wn cvuntry and Siam and have W&fe more spacious and good harbour, better climatic known them by the/ferm Handuman which most likely conditions, less intens~y of dacoity and tribal insurgency preserves the very ancient Hanuman (monkey, the and tertil~y of soil. As a matter of fact, the climate proved savage, aboriginal antagonist of the Aryans) as well to be much worse and finally it was decided to abolish the known to the Indian Epics and carried down to the, settlement at Port Cornwallis on account of great sick· Malays in story and translations. ness and mortality in persons of the settlement founded in North Andaman which ~ was feared would likely to In the Chinese rilstory of Toan; Dynasty (618·906 continue. The settlement at that time contained 270 10 convicts and 553 men, women and children including in the number of irOiI iigrams as weil as the progeny of old European ArtiHelY and Sepoy guards. Theconvit:ts were convicts, the settiemei)'( grew to ina oirection of western sent to Penang al1d colonies with their property were and southern sides Jf jij many i:l (I(-)W villages carne up brought back to Bengal and the settlement in Andamans viz., Hadao, Pho.;)nix cay, Aberaeen, South Point, Dud was finally abandoned in May 1796. line, Middle Point, Jungllghat, Chatham, Minnie Bay which mom or less IIOW form tna part 01 Port Siair town. Second penal settlement Apart form lhese villages, many viilages (about 40 in number) also came up imo oemg in Wirnoeriygunj aM After the abandonment of the settlement in 1796, Garactlarma areas. Slncettle jurisdiction of this repon Is more or less no attention was paid to these islands to study the town only, we wiii get ourseives restnc1ed to except a few journeys macle by naval and mercantile the village which at present form part ot Port Blair lawn, ships for about 60 years. The outbreak of Sepoy mutiny of 1857 shortly afterwards brought home to the British Shifting of Hqrs. of Port Blair settlement Governmdnt the added importance of Andaman islands as a convenient place for the rnutiners and convicts. A severe earthquake struck the A & N Islands in Accordingly, the British Govemment on 20th November, 1941 in general and the Ross Islands in particular where 1857 appointed a commission with ~ view to selection ot the admmistrative headquarters of Port Blair settlement site for the establishment of Penal Settlement for the were located. The intensity of the earthquake in Ross mutineers, deserters and dreaded criminals sentenced island was so high that it compelled the then Chief to imprisonment or transportation for life. The commis Commissioner and other Administrative Heads of the sion composed of Dr. F.J. Mouat, Dr. C.R. Playfair and penal settlement to shift the administrative headquar Dr. J.H. Heathcote. Tho commission came to Andamans lers from the tiny island to the main island of South in January, 1858and explored every nock and Corner of Andaman. Actually, it was a boon for the present Port the Andaman group of islands and finally arrived at the Blair town since aU the administrative heads alongwith conclusion that the old harbour Le., the point selected the office staff under their control shifted to a new site by Lt. Blairwas the only place that possesses the greater which at present torms a part of the town. The shifting of number of requisites required for a penal, settlement the headquarters form Ross Island to present site was and they ,accordingly recommended the occupation of brought about a fu ndamentai change in the growth of the the locality. They also further recommended that in order town. After shifting the hqrs. the town was developed in to honour the great Surveyor who surveyed for the first a planned and systematic way resu~ing in construction time these islands, the penal settlement selected in of roads, drains, beautificationoftown, establishment of Andamans may be named after him, i.e., Port Blair. shopping and business centres etc. During 1857 the British Government had to face a national upheaval and the participants in the mutiny or Japanese occupation the freedom fighters of First War of Freedom of India were exiled to this place. In march, 1838 Dr. J.P. Walker, A very important event happened in the history of A a very strong Jail Superintendent arrived 50 guards, four & N Islands as well as that of Port Blair town in 1942 European Officials and 200 convicts. They cleared and when Japanese Forces occupied these islands by settled at Chatham and Ross islands. With the passage defeating the allied forces. These islands remained of time, the number of inmates of penal settlement went urder their occupation from 1942 to 1945. Initially the,\ on increasing year after year. Then again in 1921 the Japanese military rulers treated the local population in a Moplas rebells from Kerala were also transported to the gentle way but due to constant attack b~ the British penal settlement at Andamans. During 1920s and 19305 submarine on the Japanese cargo ships bringing cargo many political prisoners or 1reedom fighters alongwith to these islands, there became an acute shortage 04 dreaded convicts were exiled to these islands. food and other articles essential for life. The Japanese even were not able to feed their own forces due to The most interesting thing is that the map of penal constant hitting on their ships and drowning them in the settlement of Port Blair shows that w~h the increase in sea by British submarines. Therefore, they decided to number of immigrants,the settlement cross the bounda reduce the size of the civil population. In orderto achieve ries of Chatham Island and grew to the sea shore area this objective they framed false caseS of conspiracy and on the eastern coast of South Andaman island close to spying against the local population and executed them. the Chatham Island. However, lateran with the increase When this metMd was not found enough to reduce the .. Chatham Island Hoss Island ·11 size of unwanted oonulati'H1, th8y asked pocIDIF.! to Population bearden the shiosto be shifted to a bettero!ace. The full !etid of ~hiDS was t.8ken (lwav in the nipllt 10 mid sea and The total population of Port Blair town at the dawn of the peDDie were forced to jump into the sea.. Hundreds 1st March, 1981 stood a! 49,634 comprising of 28,860 of Daople met wi1h ur,time!v death in the cmel hands of males and 20,774 females giving a density of 3,510 the ,Japanese military rulers. The neople bore unto!d persons per squa~e km., the area of the town being misery in the merciless hands of the Japanese and reported as 14.14 sq.km. Out of the total population of fi08 11\1 oot rid of in 1945 whAil 1he isla.nrls were again 49,634,271 p~rSl'ns comprising of 199 males and 72 occupied by British FnrGes. Durina their occuDation of females belo!19p.d to Scheduled: Tribes. Not a single ti19se islands, the JaDanese constructed many a bun- caste is notified as Schedule-caste throughout the UT . .. kers in and around Port Blair town which are still in tact. In 1981 census the sex ratio in Port Blair town was 720 They also constructed one wooden temple near to against the sex ratio of 760 for whole of A & N Islands. Dilt~.man Ta.nk Ilil1ich at pre~ent is in ruined cond~ion. On reoccupaticn by the British Force in October 1945, The fallowinq tRole presents population growth in thepen,,1 settlemEmt ~!so was tlholished :::md the cen P0rt pl?-ir town since 19Si' vict,::; WAre oiVfm thp C"lQlion Aithm to m!"~tri~t6 to their Table !~."l home town' on thp. ml'linl:lnd or to !,\p.ttlp C'l0'!Jn in thGS8 Pcpu!aticr. growth since 1951 islands. Ahout 4,000 per"'.()l'1s k\()k advantage of the _ .______. __ .. _C_. ___ L. ____"~~·._~· __ option and re\l"'tri~t(-~ to !n",ir hom·:) town. Tn'} British YfiGr POf'\III~ltion D8Cade Percentage (lOVf"rnmt'mt ~fter reOC~iJn8tion tOf)V, the jf'lb of rph:'!.~ili var!:]tion decadel t3tion fl.nn rAG~nc;trlJ(:tirlf1 (,f A&. N !slands 'IS w?i' ::J.f; that variation e,l P(lrT R1f1!r town, ~~~----.------:3 4 Gm'A1h of Port B!air town after inde~ndencs 1951 7,789 The independence in August 1947 was not only a 1961 14,075 + 6,286 + 80.70 boon tn the mRinl Formation of Port Blair town would not be possible to adoDt the land utilisation pattern of a modern town on the mainland. The A & N Admn .• is Priorto 1950 there was no town In A & N Islands. For very vigilant on this point ar.d they are taking all steps the first time in 1951 Census, Port Blflir uman areiit~own while allotting fresh house sites in municipal area or was formed by clubbing nine villages namely Chatham, allowing any commercial or industrial unit to be set up. hadda, Phoenix Bay, Aberdeen Basti, Aberdeen Bazar, The rate cf conversion premium for commercial utilisa Buniadabad, South Paint, Junglighat and Sadipur and tion of land has been increased form Rs. 5/- per sq. their population was 7,789. In subsequent decades, the metre to Rs. 25/- per sq.km. in order 10 discourage the population.of~ort Blair increased very rapidly i.e., from person to have commercial or industrial complex in the 7,789 in 1951 to 14,075 in 1961, from 26.218 in 1971 to town. The Port Blair Municipal Board was established in 49,634 in 1981 censuses registering a growth rate of 1957. The Board is also taking measures to control 80.70%, 86.27% and 89.31% respectively in the last unauthorised construction in the islands in a bid to three decades. maintain pollution free and proper sanitation in the town. The Port Brzir Mun!cipafBoard has framed rules and bye Effect of migration laws for granting licence to control sale of food, preven tion of food adulteration rules. imoosing of octroi upon We have just seen that the population of Port B!air goods and ~rticles) levy of property tax, tax on cinema town increased very rapidly i.e., from 7,789 in 1951 to tcgraphy exhibition, rules relating to dharmsala, bye 49,634 in 1981. This sudden increase cannot be attrib laws for opening hair dressing saloon, storage of petro~ uted to general growth of pclD1J!ation in terms of births and registration of births And deaths. . and deaths effect. Naturally, the high growth of popula Wards and residential pattern tion of the tawn :s because of immigrants pouring in to " Port Blair town in search of business a,ld employment opportunnies. Most of tile industrial units are estab Port Blair town has been divided into 11 wards. lished in and around Port Blair. Therefore, persons There are more than one localities within each ward working in these establishments have preferred to seWe which havetheirown characteristics and different ethnic down in Port Blairto avail greater r::ivic facilities. The sex groups. ratio of Port Blair town also indicates that 1he growth in populat.ion in Port Blairis not. natural one. In 1951 thes8X Ward No, 1: This is a biq ward and comprised of 9 ratio of Port Blair 10wn was 545 which became 57!) in census blocks. The population of the ward as per 1981 1961,558 in 1971 and 720 in 1981. Thus with this low census was 5.819 comprising of 3,278 males and 2,541 sex ratio. the growth in population of Port Blair is no females against 3,456 in 1971 GPmprising of 2,135 match. The other important factor which mav be attrib ma'es and 1,221 females. In 1981, 9 tribals were also uted to growth of population. is that in 1974, 6 new returned in this ward. This is a very important ward from vijlaQeS viz., Lamba Line. Nayaqoan, Dud Line, Corbyn's the point of view of mainland and islands sea transport cOv,e, Goodwill Estate. Minnie Bav and Schoo! Une full.., as the first jetty of A & N Islands i.e., Chatham jetty is or partly were also brought into the fold of municipal area located in this ward. The other important insta!!ation of of Port Blair town. Consequently the area of Port Blair the ward is Chatham Saw Mill which is described as one town also increased from 7.87 sq.km. in 1951 to 14.14 of the biggest Saw Mills of the South East Asia. The sq.km. in 1981. The density of population in the town in ward is also credited to have the first Power House ofthe 1981 was 3,510 persons per sq.km. against 1,788 in town as well as of the territory.. Apart from above 1961 and 3,298 in 1.971. important instRllations. the headquarters of Forest Department and Forest Plantation· and Development Impact of topography on the growth of Corporation are also located here. A miny Zoo of this population territory is also located in this ward. As regards the composition of population, the ward may be described as a labour intensive area. Persons working in Labour As already mentioned, the topography of Port Blair Force, Chatham Saw Mill, WIMCO Factory etc., gener town is semi hHly and undulating which is not very ally reside in thi$ ward. Thec;e labourers are immigrants conducive for convenient utilisation of the land available from Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, and preserving in the town. In the interest of keeping the town neat and their language and Culture. The descendants of old im clean, pollution free and keeping its beauty in tact, n migrants from Uttar Pradesh, Kerala, We~t Bengal etc., 13 have also settled down in this ward. This ward has also of having the Anthropological Museum, Carmel School, the credit of having a Senior Secondary School which Kendriya Vidyalaya and Kali Mandir of Prem Nagar. has more than three mediums of education. Ward No.5: This ward ranks third in respect of Ward NO.2: This ward is comparatively small con population and consists of 10 census blocks. The popu· sisting of five census blocks. The total population of this lation of the ward as per 1981 census was 6,062 ward as per 1981 census was 2,730 persons comprising comprising of 3,557 males and 2,505 females against of 1,687 males and 1,043 females against 1,669 in 1971 3,452 in 1971 comprising of 2,130 males and 1,322 comprising of 1,115 males and 554 females. In 1981 females. In 1981 census 18 scheduled tribe persons census 5 tribals were also returned. This ward has a were also returned from this ward. This ward may safely credit of having in ~ the biggest Wharff i.e., Haddo Wharf be describedas the most densely populated ward of the of the island capable of berthing big ships and used by town which has a distinction of having the old most penal civil and defence sectors. The match factory namely settlement called Aberdeen BastL The ward has the WIMCO is also situated in this ward. This ward is also distinction of having the first temple of the t_erritory called mainly populated by labourers of factories and labour Lord Rama Temple and first public club namely, the force around it. Netaji ClUb. The other important establishments/build ings of the ward are Bay Island Hotel, Old Municipal W~rd No.3: This ward is comparatively bigger than Office, Marine Hill Guest House, Marine Headquarters, w8Jd nO.2 in respect of population as well as area and Dry Dock and Cholunga Jetty. Most of the population of consists of 8 census blocks. The population according to this ward consists of the descendants of the peisons 1981 census was 5,534 comprising of 3,159 males and brought under penal settlement to this territory. 2,375 females against 3,636 in 1971 comprising 2,588 males and 1,048 females. This is one of the very Ward NO.6: This ward is the smallest ward important wards of Port Blair town from the point of view amongst all the wards. It has only 4 census blocks. The of the officialdom. In this ward many a important officesl population of this ward as per 1981 census was 1,944 installations of the Govt. of India viz., All India Radio, TV persons only comprising of 1,304 males and 640 Centn\ Naval Hp,adquarters and M.E.S. Headquarters females against 1,815 in 1971 comprising of 1,305 alongwith their residential colonies are located. The males and 510 females. In census of 1~81, no sched· othflr important installations of civic importance are the u!ed tribe person was returned from this ward. The ward Depot 01 Indian Oil Corporation, Headquarters of Civil is very important from the point of view of business as the Aviation Department, INS Dhanvantri and INS Dweepika. main market of the Port Blairtown is located in this ward. Apart from this officialdom, an Ayyappa Temple, a The Ghanta Ghar (Clock Tower) which was constructed Ranchi Temple, MES Gurudwara and Mosque are als6 as memorial in the memory of heroes of the first World located in this ward to satisfy the religious and ethnic War 1914-1920 is located on this ward. The other needs of the people. important buildings/establishments of the ward are Jama Masjid, Taxi stand, Municipal Market, Laxmi Narayan Ward NO.4: This is also a big ward consisting of 10 Temple, Canara Bank, SBI Branch, main building of census biocks. The population of the ward as per1981 most popular Consumer Stores viz., consumers' Co census was 5,709 comprising of 3,262 males and 2,447 operatives Stores and Central Welfare Co-operative females against 2,518 in 1971 comprising of 1,572 Society. The consumers' Co-operative Stores of Port males and 946 females. In 1981 census 13 scheduled Blair ranks Fourth in India in respect of its turn over. The tribe persons were also returned in this ward. The main population of this ward mainly consists of business class establishments/institutions in this ward are Syndicate people. Bank, 0/0 Principal Engineer (Marine), Indira Bhawan (Municipal Office), Headquarters of Electricity Depart Ward NO.7: This ward is also comparatively ment, Transport Office, Kannada Sangam, Kerala smaller ward consisting of 4 census blocks only. The Samajam, TamizharKargam, Satellite Communication population of this ward as per 1981 census was 2,904 Control Room, Councillors bungalows, Census Office, comprising of 1,347 males and 747 females against Fisheries Je«y, Tourist Home, Megapode Nest and 1,723 in 1971 comprising of ',192 males and 531 Main Power House of Post Blair. In addition to above, the females. In 1981 census, 7 persons belonging to sched biggest colony of Port Blair namely -Junglighat Colony is uled tribe were also returned. This is also a very impor also s~uated in this ward. This ward has also distinction tant ward in view of public utility and service. The "l;ntjr'l! ~)os1 Office of tne town. Co-operative Bank, A & ~J Adrnini:::tralion as the Raj Niwas. Secmtariat, State Bank, m(1in Police STation of the town etc., are Poi ice Headquarters, Revenue H8adquarters and resi· ioc81en in th s ward. Apart from above. The YMCA. CIL,b, dences of Chief Secretary. Inspector General of Police, Hindi Sahily a Ka!a Parishad, Por:g: Change. Lighthouse Depuly Commissione~ (Andamans), etc, are located in Cinema, Gurudwctra Cr. Diwan Singh, Atul Smnti Samity this very ward The other important establishmentsi and Model Schooi are also ;()Cated in this ·Nard. To cater institutions of this ward are Supply Office, Telephone to Ih8 need 01 intellpcluals, ihe main library of the town Exchange, the lone GO'lL Degree College of the islands, as weii 2.S of the island ca!ierl State Library is also located Girls' Higher Secondary Schooi, G.B.Pant Hospital, in this Wend. The ward has mixed population of service NI)torious Cellular Jail (now National Memorial), Fisher class people and descendants of the persons brought !es Museum, Radha Govind temple Murugan temple, under penal settlement. Adi Bazera, Gymkhana Ground, Pradesh Parishad Bhavan, Youth Hostel, Andaman Club, Aberdeen jetty, Ward NO.8: This ward is comparatively bigger one Ravindra Rangala Vidyalaya. Civil Wireless, Metereo! which consisted of 7 census~ bloCKS The .oo('ulation , 01 ogica! Observatory Centre and Govt. Press, The maior the ward as per 1981 census was 5,0; 7 comprising of ity of population in this ward consists of gOvt~rnment ser 2,819 males and 2,198 f8m8.les against .1,563 in 1971 vants. consisting o! 2,731 males and 1,882 females. In 1his ward in 1981 census, 44 scheduled tribes were 8150 Ward NO.1 0: Tilis is a comparatively slTlaller ward retu' led The ,Iunglighat Basti and part of Junqlighat consisting of 5 census blocks. The population of this Govt. colony are located in this 'N8rd. The Jung!ighi)t :s w8rd 2.8 pAr 1ge1 CRnSlJS was 20 AD consisting of 1, i 97 named after being a landing place of tribals (c91!ed jung!i males and 843 females. In 1981 census 78 tribals were in loca! 1<:I:lguage) ill the l)89irming of setlierncr-;! in th0S8 also returned This is a new word Bnd was G()ven~d as Islands. At this place, generally the tribals of the part ot Port Blair iOlivn tor the first time in i 981 census. Andamans viz., Andamanese and jarawas used to land The important es~ablishments/institutions of this ward and attack the people settled under the scheme of penal are Police Line, Aerodrome and VOR. The most popular settlement by Britishers at the initial stage. Since this sea beach i.e., Corbyn's Cove is also situated in this was ttle landing place of tribal i.e., Jungli, therefore, it ward. A tourist hotel of Tel named as Arid CHAPTER III AMENITIES AND SERVICES: HISTORY OF GROWTH AND THE PRESENT POSITION Introduction 31. Central Fisheries 9 32. lntelligence Bureau 9 ....A.s already mentioned, Port Blair is not a town in 33. Central Reser.. e Police Force 9 ordinary sense but it is the administrative seat of the 34. Police Line 10 Union Territory of A & N Isiands. As on the mainland, 35. Lighthouse & lightships 4 here also-all the Union territory's central and corporate 36. Meteorological Survey 10 headquarters are located in Port Blair town. For the 37. National Sample Survey Orgn" 10 interest of readers, the list of offices/establishments 38. Zoological Survey of India 4 alongwith their ioeation in the town is given below: 39. Post & Telegraphs Hqrs. 7 40. Coast Guard Hqrs. 3 SI.No. Name of Office Location! 41. INS Jarawa Hqrs. 3 Ward No. 42. Indian Oil Corporation 3 43. Municipal Board 4 1. Raj Bhawan 9 44. Shipping Corpn. Office 6 2. Secretariat 9 45. Indian Airlines 7 3. Pradesh Council's Sactt. 9 46. Directorate of Education 8 4. Pradesh Parishad Sadan 9 47. Industries Office 7 5. Directorate of Agriculture 1 6. Controller of Andaman Laboui Force 1 7. Andaman Public Works Deptt. 7 Apart from the above establishments, a number of 8. Co-operative Hqrs. 8 other organisations are also functioning in Port Blair 9. Directorate of Animal Husbandry i town Ilke, State Bank of India, Co-operative Bank, 10. Dy. Commissioner's Office 9 Canara Bank, Syndicate Bank, ,UKO Bank, Punjab 11. Elec~ion Office 9 Nationai Bank, National Saving Organisation, Field Ex 12. Electricity Office 4 hibition Office, ONGC Office, insurance Office, Press 13. Employment Exchange 7 Information Bureau, Khadi & Village Industries Commis 14. Fisheris's Hqrs. 9 sion, Rubber Board Regional Office, Family Planning 15. Forest Hqrs. 1 ASSOCiation, Indian Council of Medical Research, Sewa 16. Govt. Press 9 Niketan, Nehru Yuva Kendra, Social Welfare Advisory 17. Judiciary 9 Board and Govt. of India Tourist Office. It is not possible 18. Jail 9 to deal with all the above establishments/offices in 19. Labour Hqrs. 7 details in this report. In the following paragraphs, we will 20. Directorate of Health Service 8 be dealing w~h departments/offices which are of direct 21. Police Hqrs. 9 importance to the general public. 22. Shipping & Marine Office 4 23. Supply Office 9 A & N Administration 24. Transport Office 4 25. Audit Office 7 The A & N Administration Secretariat is located in 26. All India Radio 3 ward no. 9. The original name of the present secretariat 27. Andaman & Lakshadweep Harbour Works' 4 was Chief Commissioner's office as the Chief Commis 28. Anthropological Survey of India 4 sioner used to be the Head of the A & N Islands. This 29. Botanical Survey of India 4 name continued to mid-sixties when office became Sec 30. Directorate of Census Operations 4 retariat. Till 11th November, 1982, it was Chief Commis- 16 sioner's secretariat. After taking over on 12th Novem in to two districts viz., district of Andamans and district ber, 1982by lhefirst Lt. Governor as Administratorofthe of Nicobars. islands, the prefix of Chief commissioner from Secretar iat was removed. Thus the privilege of being the last Office of the Inspector General of Police Chief Commissioner and the first Lt. GOVflrnor of the Union territory was shared by S/Shri B.K. Singh and M.L. The original office ot the I.G. P. was gutted in fire on Kampan; respectively. The present secretariat is headed 1.1.1970. The new office was comrnissioned on 15th by a Cllief Secretary who is assisted by Secretaries, Dy. August, 1973. It is alSO mentioned worthy that till 1971, Secretaries and Assistant Secretaries and a number ot the Police Hqrs. were headed by the Superintendent of other officers housed in the Secretariat building. The Police. It was in 1972 that the post of S.P. was redesig Secretariat may very well be cailed the nerve centre of nated as the Inspector General of Police and the privi the Administration. All the departments of A & N Admini lege to be the last Supdt. of Police and first I.G.P. went stration located at different places are subordinate to toShriT.R. Kakkar,IPS. The office is located in ward no. their respective-Secretaries and run their departments 9. The office otthe LG.P. is also equally imponant as that under the guidelines of the Secretary concerned. In turn of DC Office as the police departmem is directly involved the Secretary concerned takes guide lines from the in the maintenance of iaw and order in Port Blairtown as Chief Secretary of the Administration. The Chief Secre well as the whole of the islands. The I.G. P. is assisted in tary is directly responsible to the Lt. Governor who is the his job by two Superintendents of Police and a number Head otthe Union Territory's Administration. Apart from of Dy. Superintendents of Police comrolling various bureaucrats. people representation is also playing an branches of the department. Two Dy. SSPs are posted effective role in the overall development of the territory. outside Port Blair to take care of the remote area which There are five counsellors who represent the people of cannot be approached immediately in case of emer the islands and advice the Lt. Governor to take neces gency. The oftice of I.G.P. is also located near to sary step relating to development of the islands. So tar Secretariat, District Office and Raj Bhawan so that the the counsellors do not have executive powers but they I.G.P. could be easily available as and when required. have been given the status by [)y. Minister of the Centre and their advice on the matters of administration and Fire Fighting organisation is functioning from pre development is given due cognizance. independence days as a part of A & N Police Depart ment. At present this organisation consists of two Chief District Office Fire Officers, two Inspectors, six Sub-Inspectors, 44 Head constables, 164 constables and 44 Drivers. Out of The original building of the District Office was gutted above strength, 2 Chief Fire Officers, 3 Inspectors, 2 in fire on 1.1.1970. The present building was inaugu Sub-Inspectors, 26 Head Constables, 80 Constables rated on 30.10.1973 by Shri K.C. Pant, the then State and 17 Drivers ate stationed at Port Blair who are Home Minister. The district office as usuai is headed by responsible for maintaining four fire stations at haddo, the Dy. Commissioner of District of Andamans who is Chatham, Marine and Aberdeen. The inventory of fire assisted by Additional District Magistrate, Assistant fighting instruments consists of fire Tenders, Crash commi-ssioner(S), Assistant Commissioners, Director, Tenders, Towing Tenders, Portable Pumps and other Rural Development and a contingent of Tehsildars and fire fighting accessories. other revenue officials. The Deputy Commissioner also functions as the District Collector and District Magis Judiciary trate. For the sake of efficient and effective administra tion and dealing with the day-to-day matters expedi In A & N Islands, the Office of the District and tiously, his office is located near to Secretariat and Raj Session Judge is located in ward no.9 near to DC Office Bhawan and also to the office of the inspector General and Police Office. the judiciary in these islands is con of Police. His of tic a also falls in ward no. 9 of Port Blair trolled by the High Court of West Bengal as there is no town. It may not be out of place to mention here that upto Hig~l Court in these islands. At Secretariat level, the July, 1974, the A &N Islands constituted single district judicial matters are dealt with by the Secretary (Judicial) union territort and as such the Oy. Comm,issioner used who is aiso registrar to the High Court, Calcutta. to be Dy. Commissioner of A & N Islands. After Juiy, 1974the Union Territory of A &N Islanos was bifurcated Approach to . G.B. Pant Hospital Secretariat • District office Main Post office 17 Andaman Public Works Department department was further upgraded to the rank of Chief Conservator of Forests in 1949. With the increasing The Office of the A.PW.D. at present is headed by importance of not only in scientific e)(ploitation of the the Chief Engineer. This is a very recent development forests but also reqeneration, many a new divisions and de facto Principal Engineer is holding the charge of have come up after Independence. As such the post of Chief Engineer since no Chief Engineer has been CCF has also been elevated to the post of Principal appointed so far. The Chief Engineer in his job is Chief Conservator of fore$ts with effect from 9 March, assisted by a Town Planner, A Surveyor of Works, a 1988.To supplement the "ctivities of the forest depart Superintending Engineer and a number of Executive ment, a commercial organisation in the name of forest & Engineers, Assistant Engineers and Junior Engineers Plantation Development Corporation came into being in etc. At present there are 13 divisions in A. P.W.D. Apart 1977. This is a government undertaking headed by a from Architect Wing, Town Planning Wing and Surveyor Managing Director of the rank of CCF. The Lt.Governor of Works units, most of the divisions of A.PW.D. are (Administrator) of A & N Islands is its Chairman. At also located in Port Blair. However, a few divisions are present about 86% of the total area of A & N Islands is located outside the town in other parts of the islands viz., under forests.During 1981-82,48,769 cm of wood were in Diglipur, Mayabunder, Rangat, Wimberlygunj and Car extracted by the forest department. The departmel1t Nicobar. In Office, the Principal Engineer is assisted by also owns two saw mills viz., Chatham Saw Mill and Accounts Officer and Administrative Officer. The impor Betapur Saw Mill. tant works which are being attended to by A. P. W. D., are construction of buildinsg, road and streets, water sup Electricity Department ply, sewage system, minor irrigation, soil conversation, survey etc. This office is also important in relation to the At present the Electricity Department is headed by implementation of 20 Point Programme. a Superintending Engineer and its main building is located in ward nO.4 in Phoenix Bay. Though there were Forest Department small generators in Chatham Island and Ross Island since the very beginning of the penal settlement but The office of the forest Department wl:lich at present there was no separate department/organisation for the is headed by the Principal Chief Conservator of Forests pu~pose. Prior to the formation of electrici!>' departmenV is located in ward no.1 in Chatham island. This depart office, the Harbour Master used to control the generation ment is old-mo&t amongst all civil departments and had and distribution of electricity In the town. The electricity celebrated centenary of its establishment in 1983. At the Deptt. was made independent during the year 1949 and time of penal settlement in 1857, there was no other in was headed by an Assistant Engineer. On the establish puts except timber in these islands for construction of ment of electricity department in 1949, the DC system buildings for administrative staff as well as for the was converted into AC by establishing a thermal power convicts brought under the scheme of penal settlement. house at Chatham Island. The post of Assistant Engi With the increase in the nu mber of administrative staff as neer was upgraded to the post of Resident Engineer well as that of convicts population, the importance of during 1965. With the passage of time, the demand for forest organisation assumed special significance. Thus electricity increased not only in Port Blair but also in all the forest department was established in these islands the islands wherever refugee from erstwhile East Paki in 1883 under the charge of a Divisional Forest Officer. stan (now Bangia Desh), Sri Lanka and ex-servicemen Mr. Farar had the credit to be the first Forest Officer were habitated under the scheme of rehabilitation. The posted in this department. In 1918 the forest department demand for electricity was also raised by primitive tribes was expanded with the creation of second division in of these islands viz., Nicobarese, Andamanese, Shom North Andamans. In 1924, a separate forest officer was Pens and Onges. The other two tribes viz., Jarawas and appointed for the forest division in South Andaman and Sentinelese are yet to be befreinded and therefore there the head of the office was designated as Chief Forest is no demand for electricity from them. Thus to cope with Officer. This arrangement continued till 1942 when the the increased work load of electricity, many a divisions islands were occupied by the Japanese during second and sub-divisions of this department came into being World War. Afterreoccupation in 1945, the same pattern' and at present this department is headed by a Superin of administration continued in forest department except tending Engineer assisted by Executive Engineers, that th.e status of C.r. Office was raised to that of Assistant Engineers and other cOntingent of technical Conservator of Forest. This post of head of forest staff. During 1981-82 the installed capacity of this , , :> '6 ii Cil 'iii (/) .S .f:: ~ ~ 0) o>iii-o~~ .S .£ . 0 0 ,Q 0 go C».c£ .,... 0 "t: ,Q .Q .§ .;;; .!: .£ (5 E .,... '§ ~ .0 '0, '§ CiiCil '§ Cii S? U ...... U 0 0 u 0 0 ~oiQ-orn :::J .Q .Q :::J :::J :::J :J :::J ::l rnc:.!:c:~ t- "0 -0 '0-0 '0 -0 '0 E .Q (/) ca '" Q) >. >- OJ, OJ OJ OJ, 0) Q), OJ'CiiC:C:>' 6 6 c c: 0 6 6 0 6 0 a: U ,Q .Q Qi (.) (.) 0 0 (.) (,)0 (.) (.) () u. ..-o z z ZZ Z z z ZZ Z ~ OlC\l co _Q) .,...C\I o.c oca.0 Z~ (t) C') .,...... ,.... N C') .... ,... C\I u. C\I LO C') C\I Ol .... OJ .0 E :::J .... '.,.. Z c: o .Q C\I (U ~ g :r. ....J c:01 '2 .~ f- (/) Q)_.... OJ .c:::J U.t:: caOJ (/) f-.E I: I: I: c: I: I: I: I: c: I: I: I: I: I: r::: I: I: .2 0 0 000 0 0 .2.Q .2 0 0 .2 o 0 .~ '~ '~ '~.~ '~ '';= .~ iO W '15 ~ iOiOiO ~ C\'S CIl CIl U U U U uuuu u uuu u u -u uu ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J ::J i 'B ~ i I iii'i i iii i i i I I I ~~ .,.... b b 0 6666 b b 6" 0 0 0 6 6 .... 0 0 0 U" 0000 0 000 U (.) (.) (.)(.) .,..0 z :;z z z zzzz z zzz z z z zz m ::: := := == Z z== z Z zzzz Z zzz z z z zz (X) ...... ~OI.t)O) In co~o ,... co Inr- &l ~ (\I In (\1.,...... - ...... - .... (') , t"'.I ...... "ltIJ)O)tO (") ~ I I '" .,.... ,... ,.. co (\I.,.... IR .... NIJ) (") N"''''' .... I.t) CON .... O)~~ CO N ~ 10 .... ~ ~ ~ ~ N~~~ ...... IJ) 10 (') N(\I~c:n I.t) COI.t) .,.... .,...... -,...~ ,...... ,... T'" ~ ,..' ,.. ,;- ...... - .... .,....f~ .... !:?Ol CIl CIl~ .:cCI'S ~ 1:>- >- !;.. >- Q) ~ (') A'G)l .o-gc:.o~CIl--:- c:ca ~i 1:C\'Se'1: '>-> "> ' ~ ::J ,~ a: c3:2 ~ ~~~~ ~ ~~~ ~ ::J I: 0 ::J,~ :'Q a.. 0> (.!) a: 0._ < 0 (!)(.'H~ (.!) (.'} (!H!)(!) (!) cx:< 0:»_ (.9Cl.. N r::: r::: r::: r::: r::: r::: r::: r::: 0 0000000 .~ .~ .~ .~ .~ .~ .~ .~ 0 oooouoo ::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l ::::l ill ill ill -g -g-g-g-g-g-g-g iil , E iilillillillE--- -Eilliil .... 0 6666666 ill cacacu ca ill .... (.) (.)U(.)UUU(.) tf u..::!:::!:::!: ::!:u.. , , :::::::=:::= I , " ZZZZZZ co ,... I I ..... .... ' ..::t'.,.... , 'N.... ' N ...... A.P.W.O. office Andaman Harbou r works 21 department was 8,765 KW and generated 12635244 SeNices is located in ward nO.9 and is headed by a KWH units. In Port Blair town two departmental power Director of Heahh SeNices. The Director is assisted by houses are located in Chatham Island and Phoenix Bay Dy. Director, AssiStant Director of various branches like respectively. Administration, Malaria, Health, leprosy and Medical respectively. Education Department In Port Blair the main hospital is G.B. Pant hospital Education is most important aspect of human life which is located near to the office of Director and also and as such its beginning must have been made with the falls in the same ward. Now in the hospital almost all establish ment of penal settlement in these islands in one sorts of medical careltrea~ments are provided by form or another. No record is available indicating the specialists of various disciples viz., medical, surgery, date of establishing the first school in these islands. But radiography, pathology, orthopaedic, skin and eye, dental the first school of the island is Boys' School which was etc. The bed strength of G.B.Pant hospital is about 400. affiliated to the Burma University before its separation The hospital also has facility of a nursing home and from India. In 1936 affiliation was transferred to Calcutta special ward. Apart form this main hospital, urban dis University. The echJcatk)n was ifT1)arted wih Urdu medium. pensaries underthe charge of qualified doctors are also The building of this school is located in ward No.4. Till functioning in Haddo, Junglighat, Police line, Marine, 1947there were one high school, one middle school and Chatham and Dariy Farm in order to treat small diseases 10 primCliY schools. After independence separate edu and to check the rush of such patients on the main cation office/department was formed. At present the hospital. The G.B. Pant hospital also provides free Directorate of Education is headed by a Director who is fooding to the indoor patients. The following table pres assisted by a number of officers viz., Asstt.Director, ents the average number of patients treated daily at Port Deputy Directors, Education Officers whose headquar Blair ters are located not only in Port Blair but also in other islands viz., Middle Andamans and Car Nicobar. There Table 111.2 has been an extra ordinary expansion of education in Port Blair as well as in other islands. A number of senior Average number of daily in-patients and out-patient:3 secondary; secondary, middle and primary schools have treated at Port Blair been established to cope with the demand of education Year Daily average Daily average of the inhabitants of these islands. In Port Blair one post in-patients out-patients i graduate college, one B.Ed. college, one Teachers' (No.) (No.) Training Institute, one J.B.T. and one State Institute are functioning apart from many a senior, secondary/secon 1 2 .. 3 dary schools/Middle and Primary schools. The exhaus 1980-81 319 1,200 tive list of college and schools alongwtih their location 1981-82 331 1,283 and management is given in Table 111.1 1982-83 370 1,309 1983-84 281 925 Health Department 1984-85 283 797 1985-86 290 764 The civil hospital (now in Port Blair) was established 1986-87 301 655 long back during 19th century. However, the exact date 1987-88 286 929 of establishment of hospital in these islands is not available. The Pre-war hospital of Port Blair was re Table 111.3 named as G.B. Pant hospital on 22nd October, 1964. With the influx of population in these islands, the require Number of patients treated in govt. hospital and ment of medical facilities and hospitals increased very dispensaries by diseases rapidly. The Administration was also very much con Name of disease Years scious on this point and many a hospitaVdispensaries 1985-86 1986-871987-88 were established in almost aU the islands wherever (No.) (No.) (No.) colonisation had taken place. Accordingly, the adminis trativ¥>rganisational set up of medical seNices was 1 2 3 4 also strengthened. At present the Directorate of Health Malaria 7,456 6,354 6,931 22 2 3 4 Maharaja ship which played a very vital role in the establishment of penal settlement in these islands dur Dispasia & Diarrhoea 61,892 54,286 37,825 ing British Empire and maintaining the life line between Dysentry 23,842 25,311 13,328 islands and the mainland. Prior to 1939 there was no Filaria 156 155 17 workshop facilities available at Port Blair for the mainte T.B. 1,474 1,737 777 nanceof ships. A small workshop was starter! sometime Rheumatic fever with between 1939-42 forthe repair of small vessels. In 1942 or without heart before the occupation of these islands by Japanese the disease 2,431 2,057 2,931 Britishers bombarded the lone workshop so that its facili Others 701,862 438,257 446,970 ties could not be available to the occupying forces of Japanese. However, soon after reoccupation in 1945, All India Radio and Doordarshan again a small workshop was started with additional and modern machinery capable of taking more work at a rapid phase. With the passage of time and due to In \..order to breaking the isolation of people of the accelerated development of the islands, the number of islands and to provide a close touch to the mainland, to vessels increased 10 over 45 at present. The fleet of keep the knowledge of islanders upto-date on the points vessels consists of mainland going ships. inter-island of public importance and developmental activities as ships, fore shore ferry ships, harbourfer.y ships etc., of well as to provide entertainmflnt, a small station of All different sizes. The Harbour Master who is the head of India Radio was established on 2nd ,June, 1963 with 1 the Department of marine and shipping is assisted in his KW cap~city on medium wave. The building of AIR is work by a.n Assistant Harbour Master, a Pilot Officer and located in ward no. 3. The 1 KW medium wave transmit a contingent of other technical staff. In office he is ter was converted into 20 KW medium wave transmitter assisted by an Accounts Officer, Office Supdt., and on 6th November, 1975. This resulted not only in better other necessary clerical staff. At pre1Jent the mainland reception but also to cover the population of all the and island going ships are controlled by the Shipping islands right fiOm North Andaman to Great Nicobar Corporation of India whereas inter island ferry ships are island of Nicohars. The new service from this station controlled by the Marine Department. The department began on 1 st July 1975. Priorto this there was no regular has dry dock facil~ies capable to undertake survey of all news loca! bulletin from station. In order to cater the ferry boats. need of the people of different ethnic groups, the broad casts from this station are in Bengali, Tamil, Malayalam, Telugu, English,Hindi and Nicobarese languages. On Port Blair Municipal Board 21 ~t November, 1982 a TV relay station in the premises of AJR.was established. At present the lV relay station . In the.present form of administration, the municipal relays the programme from Delhi and Bombay stations. ity occupies a very prestigious position next to the The TV relay stations have ·also been established in government in urban area and as such their resoonsibili other islands viz., Car Nicobar and Middle Andaman. ties are too great and numerous. The A & N Municipal The establishment of AIR and TV relay stations has Board Regulations, 1957 was promulgated by the Presi brought about a revolution in the life style of the people dent of India and published in the gazettee of India on 11 of these remote areas by providing not only cultural and March 1957. The Port Blairtown came into being in 1951 educational programmes but also entertainment which but till the promulgation of above regulation, there was was the prime need of the people living in these ilelands. no municipal body. After the promulgation of municipal The AIR at present is headed by a Station Director and board regulatiol') of 1957, a Board was constituted which is assisted by Station Engineer, Assistant Director and came to exis1ence from 2nd day of October, 1957. Like a number of Programme Executives and Artists. . all the municipalities in other parts of India. the const~ution of Port Blair Municipal Board and its main functions are Shipping and Marine to provide sanitation, public lights, construction of roads, drainage, prevention of nuisance and improving the town by adopting and promulgating various bye laws . This department is one of the old most departments and acts. of the islands. At present the office oithis department is situated in ward no.S alongwith the side of Marine and At present the entire municipal area is divided into Cholunga jetties. The most important name in the history 11 wards and each ward is represented by an elected of marine and shipping department is the name of SS member besides four additional members nominated by Govt. Uegree College .. ... Govt. Girls' .School ·Govt Boys School 23 the Administrator to have a total strength of 15 Counsel Dam, a water treatment plant was constructed at Lam lors. The board has four sub-commIttees to deal with baline which falls in ward no. 11. matters connected with finance, works, water and public health. The main office of the Port Blair M.B. is located Procurement of water and its treatment for domes in Monhanpura, near Gandhi statue which falls in ward tic consumption in the municipal area is the responsibil no.4. Tne newly constructed office of the board is named ity of A.P.w.D. but the responsibility for distribution of after the former Prime Mii1ister, Smt. Indira Gandhi as water amongst the consumers viz., domestic, industrial Indira Bhawan. This is a triple storied building and have and others rests with the Fort BlairM.B. The averagere· ail the modern facilities required in an office. The board quirement of water for municipal area is about 1,545 has its Secretary as Chief Executive who is assisted by thousand gallons per day. Presently there are over 5000 an Assistant engineer, Junior Engineers, Sanitary In public taps including 300 public hydrants meant for the spectors, Food Inspectors and a number 01 other subor weaker sections of the society. Apart from domestic dinate staff in various sections. On the representation supply of water , allthe vessels e~her passenger or cargo side, the board is headed by a Chairman and two Vice calling at Port Blair are provided with sufficient quantity Chairmen, apart from heads of sub-committees. of potable water. In municipal areas where water pipe lines are not provided for supply of potable water or at the time of breake down in water supply through pipe lines, Municipal revenue arrangements are made to supply water through water tanks by municipal board. The sources of income of Port Blair M.B. are of two types viz., tax-revenue and non tax-revenue. The tax revenue includes the property tax, conservancy fees, Conservancy Including scavanging and water charges and octroi charges. The non-tax revenue latrines is derived from municipal market lodging houses, licence fees under various heads like prevention of food adulteration act, caUle pond fee etc. The other source of Conservancy and scavenging are the two other finance is in the form of grant-in-aid from the A & N major services performed by the municipal board. These Administration. During 1957-56, the Port Blair M.B. two services are very important in the sense of mainte could collect only Rs. O.5lakh against its expenditure of nance of sanitation and involvement of man power and Rs. 1.42Iakhs. The grant-in-aid reveived during 1957- expenditure. The age old system of service latrines and 58 was Rs. 2 lakh. It is noteworthy to mention here that manual removal of night soil is very much prevalent in during 1982-83, the Silver Jubilee Year of the Port Blair most part of Port Blair town. Since the sewerage system M.B., the revenue of the board which was Rs. 0.50 lakh does not exist in the town, the night soil is carried away, in 1957-58 increased to over Rs. 100.32 lakh by direct by workers to pail depots from where these are removed sources and other sources against the expenditure of to the trenching ground by night soil carrier driven ve Rs. 99.98 lakh. The vast increase in the quantum of hicles. The whole process is done manually which no income and expenditure of the Board clearly indicates doubt create considerable nuisance to the public. In towards the improvement and enhancement of civil orderto get rid of this manual night soil removal system, amenities made available to the residents of the munici the municipal board is pr.Jviding incentive for construc pal area. tion of flush type of latrir.es. As a measure of incentive to the person who are coming forward for construction of Water Supply flush type of latrines, the municipal board is providing loan of which one-third is subsidised by way of grant-in Water is the most essential part of human life. In aid. There are places of slums where providing of flush Port Blair in the absence of any major riverortube-wells, out latrines with sceptic tank is not feasible due to the board depends forwatersupply mainly on rain water. paucity of land added with the problems of land slide due The main source of water supply to Municipal Board is to uneven topography .In such area the board has taken Dhanikhari Dam. Apart from Dhanirhari Dam, Diltha a decision to go for sewerage system which is yet to be man Tank and Jawahar Sarovar also serve as supple started. mentary source of w'ater supply. Prior to construction of Dhanikhari Dam, the whole water requirement of the Disposal of refuse and garbage town was used to be met from Diltharnan Tank and Jawahar Sarovar only. After construction of Dhanikhari In order to keep the roads, streets and footpath neat 24 and clean, the sanitary workers are regularly engaged board is also responsible fordisposal of unclaimed dead 1orcollection of refuse and garbages andto remove such bodies either in the hospital or elsewhere in the munici collections to a place away from the populated area pal area. through tractors and trucks. At a very low estimate every day an area of 10 sq. Km. is covered and about 30 tones Dharmsala and lodging houses of garbages is removed to the dumping ground. The board is making every attempt to ensure that all the The number of visitors particularly from outlying and refuses and garbages of the town are removed daily far flung islands to the only town of these islands are on without allowing it to accumulate. It is also mention increase. In order to help specially weaker sections of worthy that the rainy period of about 8 months also helps the visitors, the board is running a guest house w~h 16 the M.B. to keep the roads, and streets and drains neat beds, a low income lodging house with 12 beds and a and clean as much oft he refuse and garbages is washed dharmsala to accommodate about 100 persons at a time away into the sea by stormy rains. at a very nominal rent. The existing arrangements are found inadequate and the board has a plan to construct Street light one more low income lodging house. Arrangement of street lights is a basic and obligatory Market buildings function of the board. Now-a-days, Port Blair M.B. has about 3000 polls with tube lights both mercury and With the increase in urban population, the require sodium light with an average consumption of 23,000 ment of household items is on increase day by day which units per month. The demand for more and more street is attracting business entrepreneurs to expand their lights is coming out from new localities of the town. The business organisations. In order to provide more mar board is very much conscious about this fundamental keting centres and to tide over difficulties of consumers demand of the citizens and street light wherever pos as well as business men, the board has constructed sible is provided expeditiously on priority basis. markets with sufficient rooms at five places. The Rat nam market has 28 rooms for general merchants and 66 Roads and drains rooms for vegetable shops and other small retail shops. The Gandhi market has 80 rooms for general merchants All the roads and their attached drains are con and 42 rooms for mutton and fish market. The Delanipur structed and maintained by the A.P.W.D. while foot market has 20 rooms for general m~rchants. The Jun paths with its side drains from the main road to the glighat market has 20 rooms for general merchants and interior lanes etc~reconstructed and maintained by the in Haddo also 5 rooms are provided for fish market. board. Though the roads and drains are regularly cleaned Recently near to municipal board office, a three storied but there are various other obstacles like stray cattles market complex has been developed which will not only and dogs causing considerable street nuisance and help the sellers and buyers but also provide revenue to traffic disturbances which results sometime in accident the municipal board. also. To arrest such problems the board takes measures to capture and impound the stray cattles which are re Public parks leased on payment of fine by the owners. The main roads of the city are named after great national patriots At present Port Blair has one main park viz., Marina viz., Mahatma Gandhi, Jawaharlal Nehru, Netaji and park in addition to Diltaman park which has been deve Sarojni Naidu etc. loped recently. The Marina park is a very old park developed and maintained ev€n prior to the formation of Burning and burial grounds Port Blair MuniCipal Board. The Marina park lies in ward no. 9 and s~uated by the sideof Aberdeen jetty. The park The last journey of every human being completes at has all sorts of amenities for children in particular and burning ghat or burial ground. Adequate arrangements other visitors in general. In this park the statue of Netaji are made in respect of fuel at burning place and suffi: - . 'SLibash Chandra Bose and Rabindra Nath Tagore and cient land is made available for burial grounds by municl a mini c~ldren train are the main attractions. Variety of pal board. !t is mention worthy that both burning ground flowers and other attractive ornamental plants are also for Hindus and Sikhs and burial ground for Muslims and the' special features of the park. The Diltaman park is a Christians are located within the municipal area. The recent de~elopment for attracting those persons who II 25 are fond of yatching. Planting of ornamental trees along- Table 1II.4-Concld side of the banks of Diltaman tank is going on in order to beautifyihe area. However, there is a lot of requirement 2 3 4 5 of public parks specially in the newly developed colonies in the municipal area, The board is very much conscious 1970-71 11,41,544 52 10,92,065 71 about this genuine demand of the citizens and is taking 1971-72 13,23,584 82 14,75,993 00 all steps to construct new parks while maintaining the old 1972-73 15,54,559 17 15,07,855 00 ones. The new parks at Delanipur and Haddo are recent 1973-74 19,99,319 76 20,82,794 34 development and yet another one is coming up in 1974-75 25,81,587 59 23,98,097 02 Junglighat colony. 1975-76 36,44,204 85 26,91,008 09 1976-77 40,11,804 56 41,24,742 04 The following table which relates to revenue and ex· 1977-78 44,53,527 72 44,74,700 94 penditure and staff strength of the municipal board since 1978-79 45,81,387 45 46,27,319 98 its formation in 1957-58 till the year of silver jubilee i.e., 1979-80 50,23,520 39 51,93,344 15 1983-84 throw light on its growth. The analysis of 1980-81 71,85,150 94 79,65,322 18 revenue table shows that the revenue of the board is 1981-82 91,78,077 66 94,41,1~4 66 increasing constantly except in the year 1968-69, Simi· 1982-83 1,00,02,376 30 99,77,174 70 larly, the expenditure of the board is also increasing 1983-84 1,33,64,601 14 1,26,82,987 85 constantly except In the year 1968-69. The second table which relates to staff strength of the board shows that the 10tal strength of staff which was 5 in 1957-58 Table 111.5 increased to 365 in 1967-68,573 in 1977-78 and 881 in Staff strength of municipal board 1983-84, the year of silver jubilee of the muniCipal board. 1957-58 1967-68 1977-78 1983-84 Table 111.4 Statement of revenue and expenditure 1. General Administration 5 24 38 50 Year Revenue Expenditure (inclusive of tax including GIA Section) 2. Health and Rs. P. Rs. P. Sanitation 176 259 320 3. Work Section 79 145 308 2 3 4 5 4. Water Supply Section 85 120 140 1958-59 9,215 48 5. Electrical Section - 6 31 1959-60 1,68,000 00 1,42,090 07 6. Park Section 15 1960-61 2,49,490 47 2,73,808 00 7. Mechanical 1961-62 3,34,875 89 3,18,272 00 Section 6 1962-63 3,62,924 25 3,69,297 14 8. Miscellaneous 5 11 1963-64 3,36,633 36 3,57,016 83 1964-65 5,24,234 39 5,20,116 97 Total 5 365 573 881 1965-66 8,78,772 79 6,39,674 18 1966-67 9,21,559 36 9,17,211 74 1967-68 10,79,346 33 9,31,528 60 1968-69 8,54,647 77 7,24,644 67' 1969-70 10,36,464 89 9,88,202 50 27 CHAPTER IV ECONOMIC LIFE OF THE TOWN The taking of census is not merely an act 01 population ofthetown as a whole. The population as per counting heads of human population but it is much more 1981 census of the town was 49,6.14 persons which than that. Census is rightly ,described as the mine of consisted at 28,860 males and 20,774 females with total information. One 01 the important features of Census working population of .7,798 persons (35.8 per cent). relates to collection of information about economic Further analysis of the population shows that the male activity of the people. At the 1981 census. the informa population of 28,860 consisted of 16.367 (56.7 per cent) tion about economic activity was collected in individual workers only. Similarly, the female population of 20,774 slip apart from filling in the enterprise list for the Central consisted of 1,431 (6.9 per cent) workers on!y. Amongst Statistical Organisation. Prior to the census of 1981. the male working population 41 were ct.itivators, 32 whoie population was used to be divided into two cate were ag~icui1uiallabourers. 10 i were engaged in house gories viz., workers and non-workers. Unlike previous hold industry, manufacturing, processing and servicing censuses, in 1981 census the working population was and repairs and 16.193 were other workers. Similarly the divided into two categories viz., main workers and mar working population of 1,431 females consisted of 1 ginal workers. Before analysing the population by work cuhivator. 2 agricultural labourers, 17 engaged in house ers and non-workers, itseems imperative to apprise the hold industrj, manu1actlJring. processing servicing and reader with the definition of main workers marginal repairs and 1,411 other workers. workers and non-workers. The main workers are those workers who had worked for major part of the year The number of marginal workers was 309 (0.7 per preceding the enumeration, By major part of the year it cent) of which 244 were males and 65 were females, is meant that the persons who had worked for 183 days Thus the number of non-workers was worked out to (or six months or more), The marginal workers are those 31,527 (63.5 per ~ent) persons consisting of 12,249 workers who have worked any time in the year preceding males and19.278 females respectively, The table IV.1 the enumeration but did not work for a major part of the furnishes the ward wise data of wvrkers and non yearLe., those who worked for less than 183 days of six workers which are self explanatory. months. By non-workers we mean those persons who had not worked any time at all in the year preceding the From the above table it may be inferred very clear!y date of enumeration. The main activities of the workers that in the town the number of cultivators and agricu~u ral were classified into four categorised viz., cultivators, ag labourers is r.egligible whereas other workers are the riculturallabourers. workers in household industry and main constitutent of the total working force. The house other workers. hold industry, manufacturing. processing, servicing and repairs ranks second in respect of working force. Economic life Andaman Chamber of Commerce and The analysis of the economic life of the people of Industry Port Blair town will mainly be based on the information collected in the selected sample households. But beftlre The Andaman Chamber of Commercs and indus we embark upon to analyse the data collected from the lry was estabiished in 1962 with the basic ubjeci to foster sample households, it will be of great benefit to the and develop friendly relations, mutual help, Gommon readers to have a glance on the economic life of the understandir,g and unr:J.nimity among the btls!ness u. ,...l() mOO)l()I"-ON,...NOON(') vooO'looool"-NO'lv(Ov(O C\I l() l() (") C") C") "<:I' "<:I' N '.0 l() CD N,... ~ ~ ..: -r-'" ~ y-'" .,.: u. ("),_ u.. ... 0"<:1'.,...0(")00(00«>,... -.D "'''<:I'N('')'''I''-' 00 .,...oo'O')'O:I"MO'I"-I"-'M .,...o N,... ,N ,,... L'. (\J I 1.,.- I .,... , u. l() "t- I f I ,... I ,...,...l()v,...o;OOON N aj- -~""NM'O:I"l() Ghanta Ghar Consumers' Co-operative Stores '" State BanK Palika Bazar 29 community on ali subjects connected with the common others. The occupation wise analysis of the household good of Indian merchants in general and merchants of A shows that out of 200,53 were unskilled mani.al work & N islands in particular. The management committee ers, 51 were semi-skilled manual workers, 1 was small consists of President, Two Vice-Presidents, General business, 1 was highly skilled supervisory manual worker, Secretary, two Joint Secretaries, Treasurer and 14 other 13 were clerks and shop assistance, 18 were intermedi~ members. At present Shri S.C. Malhotra of Asian Wood ate professional and related posts, secondary teachers & Polymers Private Ltd., and Shri P.A. Jambulingam of etc., 14 were medium businessmen 13 were highly MIs P. Arumugam and SOilS are President and Secre professional and salaried post~, 14 were pensioners and tary respectively. As on 31 st December, 1988 it had 112 retired personnels, 4 were unclassified and 18 were non members on its roll. A list is given in the Annexure. workers. The numberof lowest professional and adn.in istrative, for example owners of factories, large shops Market etc., cultivators and beggers and prostitutes were found liil. It is worthy of mentioning here that unlike on the The ma,ket of Port Blair can safely be described as mai,1land, practically there are no beggers not only in the Consumers' market since all the requirements of life Port Blair town but aleo in the whole of A & N Islands. are imported from the mainland of India except a few items of limited to local produce like vegetables, fruits, Distribution of household by employment pulses, gur, etc. All the wardsllocalities of Port Blair have depth . good markets for meeting the requirement of daily life of the people of that area. However, whole sale market of The analysis of appendix 2 of the annexure shows the city is mostly located in Aberdeen bazar area, the old that out of 200 households, there were 26 households in most market of the town. The important business housed the size class of 1-3 comprising of 55 adult persons. The in the Aberdeen Bazar are the Consumers' Co-operative number of households in the size of 4-6 persons was 96 Stores, MIs Akooji, MIs Bharat General Stores, MIs T .S. comprising of 273 adult persons. The number of house Guruswamy, MIs A.K. Thankavelu, Mis Laxmi Stores, holds in size class of 7-1 0 persons was 57 comprising of MIs Arumugam, MIs Hauer Trading, MIs Krishnaswamy 251 adult persons. The number of households in sizEt' etc. The Consumer's Co-operative Stores playa very class of 11 and above were 21 comprising of 175 adult vital role with its nine branches in Haddo, Delanipur, persons. The workers-wise analysis of th~ household Aberdeen Bazar, Ratnam Market, Shadipur, Junglighat shows that number of households with i working ptlrson and School Line localities. was 123, with 2 workers was 45, wit113 workers was 18, with 4 workers was 8 and with 5 and more workers In the remaining part of this chapter, an effort is was 5. being made to analyse the data collected from 200 sample households from 10 selected Ioaclities. Unemployment Households by type of household and A & N Islands is not an exception to the problem of occupation of head of household unemployment. However, as revealed by the sample . study, the density of unemployment in the sample The analysis of appendix 1 of the annexure shows household is not so intense as is generally found in the that out of 200 households, 125 were nuclear, 1 supple towns of mainland of India. Appendix 3 in the annexure mented nuclear, 4 sub"nuclear, 32 were supplemented shows that out of 200 sample hous~holds 92 house sub-nuclear, 6 were collateral jOint, 3 were supple holds were such where only 1 persen per household was mented collateral jOint, 13 were lineal joint, 1 Was seeking employment and in anothe~ only 2 persons per supplemented lineal jOint, 7 were lineal collateral joint, 1 household were seeking employment. Similarly, the was supplemented linaal coilateral joint and 7 were number of households having 3, 4 and 5 persons per 30 households seeking employment was 22, 21, and 17 sisting of 656 males and 636 females. Out of 1,292 respectively. The size class wise analysis of unemploy persons, the number of total workers was 327 (25.3%) ment shows that the number of unemployed in the consisting of 296 males (22.9%) and 31 females (2.4%). household having population 1-3 was 57, 265 unem Similarly the number of non-wor'r rigid caste system, therefore, the relations and marriage Aberdeen Bazar. Further analYSis of the table shows system are very much diversified and intermixed. Gen that there were 11 households in School Line of which 5 erally marriages are settled keeping in view the suitabil· households were having agriculture or horticulture land ity of match or say pair of girl and boy rather than the inside or adjoining the town. Amongst them 4 house caste or family. Instances are also very common that holds were having agricultural or horticultural land ad relations are found amongst different followers of relig· jOining the house and 1 household was having agricul ions. For example, the marriages between Hindu and tural or horticultural land at a distance of 2-3 kms from Muslim and Christian and Christian and Hindu are very the household. The average size of the land per house often here. Such intermixing is also not objected by hold was 1.01 hectare. In Junglighat there were 15 religious heads or heads of the families. Appendix 7 of households of which 1 was having agricultural land the annexure shows different castes and creeds as inside or adjoining the town. The average size of the ag returned by the reporters. These castes and creeds are ricultural or horticultural land was 1 hectare. In Phoenix of just academic nature and are not followed in practice. Bay ther6 were 17 households of which 1 was having ag The tahle also reveals that among Hindu the total riculture or horticulture land inside or adjoining the town. number of workers was 193 consisting of 174 males and The average size of land was 4.5 hectares. In Aberdeen 19 females. Similarly the number of non-workers in Bazar out of 64 households 1 household was having ag Hindu was 554 consisting of 207 males and 347 fe riculture or horticulture land inside or adjoining the town. males. The number of Buddhist workers was 2 consist The average size of land was 5.05 hectares. The ing of males only. The number of non-workers was 4 average size for all the households was worked out to consisting of 2 males and 2 females. In Christian the 2.02 hectares. number of workers was 30 consisting of 25 males and 5 females. Similarly thp, number of non-workers was 73 The survey results show that in the households consisting of 24 males and 49 females. Amongst Sikhs, there were bo~h literates and illiterates. Among literate the number of workers was 8 consisting of males only. households, some were primary school pass, some The number of non-workers was 24 consisting of 6 were mat ric pass and some were higher secondary males and 18 females. Among Muslims, the number of pass. The table also shows that the households were workers was 94 consisting of 87 males and 7 females. found using only traditional agricultural tools like plough, The number of non-workers was 310 consisting of 121 pata and hasia. The animal power was the main power males and 189 females. which was being used in cultivation purpose. The house holds were also found in possession of cows, goats, Agriculture and horticulture buffaloes and poultry. The community wise analysis of persons engaged in agriculture and horticulture shows Appendix 6 in the annexure shows that number of that the occupation is not limited or followed by any households in possession of agriculture and horticulture specific community. In agricuhure households from Hindu, land inside the town or within 2 kms from outer pherifery Sikh, Muslim, Christian are found to be engaged. It is of the town by locality where the housel)old is situated. astonishing that the root of small scale industry has not It may be observed from this table that there were 107 gone into any of the sample households (appendix 30 of households having agricultural land and belonged to 4 annexure). !ocalities viz., School Line., Junglighat, Phoenix Bay and 32 DtSTRIBUnON OF POPULATION BY I/'4ORKERS, MARGINAL < ~ORKERS AND NON_~ORKERS IN PORT BLAIR _ 1981 o• MA~GJNAL WORkERS _J 33 Annexure List of Members in Andaman Chamber of Commerce & Industry 1. Andaman Timber Industries Ltd. 40. MIs Selvan Stores 2. Wimco Limited 41. MIs R. Oamodharan 3. Jayshree Timbre Products 42. MIs Agency House 4. The Cons. Coop. Stores Ltd. 43. MIs B. Soopi & Sons. 5. Jadwet Trading Co.(P) Ltd. 44. MIs Maqbool & Co. 6. Andaman Motors (P) Ltd. 45. Mis K.Krishnaswamy & Sons 7. Transport Corporation of India 46. Mis Udai Trading Co. 8. Asia Timber Products Pvt. Ltd. 47. Mis Yogesh Genera_1 Stores 9. Bay Island Hotel (Pvt.) Ltd. 48. Mis MA Mohd. & Sons 10. Andaman Trading Pvt. Ltd. 49. Mis Guru Enterprises 11. Andabar Cold Stores Pvt. Ltd. 50. Mis Rahamth & Co. 12. Asian Woods & Polymers Pvt. Ltd. 51. Mis Bharat General Agencies 13. Tarang Trades & Credit Co. 52. Mis Andaman General Stores 14. Mis Andaman Enterprisers 53. MIs Janata Cloth Stores 15. Mis Bharat General Stores 54. MIs Ratan Lal & Bros. 16. Mis M. Vincent Stores 55. MIs Maheswari Stores 17. Mis A.i<.. Thangavelu & Bros. 56. MIs S.Krishnamoorthy & Co. 18. Mis P. Arumugam & Sons. 57. Mis Bata Agency 19. Mis T.S. Guruswamy & Sons 58. Mis Goods Bank 20. Mis R. Akojee Jadwet & Co. 59. MIs Island Traders 21. Mis Gujarat General Stores 60. MIs Sree Kanna Agencies 22. Mis Pratap Singh Chawla & Sons. 61. MIs Punjab General Stores 23. MIs Haour Trading Co. 62. Mis Bharathi Stores 24. Andaman Wood Products (India) Pvt. Ltd. 63. MIs Kumaran General Stores 25. Ran & Bal Agencies 64. MIs Zeenath Stores 26. ~lIs Shankar Trading Co. 65. MIs Saha Agency 27. MIs K. Muthu & Co. 66. Mis Mohan Texties 28. Mis Andaman Trade Syndicate 67. Mis Oeepak Autos 29. Mis Bharat Auto Spares & Hardware 68. Mis M. Perumal & Sons 30. Mis Manoj Trading Corporation 69. Mis K.V.R8.ma Rao 31. Mis Haniffa & Co. 70. Mis Pitchai Stores 32. MIs MN Mohd. Yoosoof & Sons. 71. MIs K. Rangaiah Chettiar 33. Mis Jayaganesh Stores 72. Mis N. Kanniappa & Sons 34. Mis Vikayarajan & Co. 73. Mis Saravana Stores 35. Mis Kamakshi Trading Co. 74. MIs Eastern Trading Co. 36. MIs P.LA Stores 75. MIs United Commercial Agencies 37. MiS Kumar General Stores 76. MIS M.S. Stores 38. MiS Krishnan & Krishnan 77. MIs Janatha Bakery 39. MIs Ram Singh r::nterprises 78. MIs C. Andichamy 34 79. MIs S. Vellakannu 96. MIs V.Pandiyan Stores 80. MIs M. Sevaga PeTumal 91. Mis D.Joseph Stores 81. MIs Kamaraj Stores 98. Mis T.S.G. Auto Mobiles 82. Mis Lakshmi Agencies 99. MIs A.K. Traders 83. Mis K. Sadasivam & Sons 100. Mis Sri Ganesh Stores 84. MIs Shah Bros. 101. Mis Palani Andavar & Co. SS. Mis Vana Pana Pencil & Wood Industries 102. Mis K. Doraiswamy & Sons. 86. Mis AR.Veeraiah & Sons 103. MIs Kartigayan Enterprises 87. Mis D.S.Kanagaraj & Co. 104. MIs Shakti Enterprises 88. Shri N.K. Mehta 105. MIs A. Manickam & Sons 89. Shri K. Kathiresan 106. MIs S. Udayakumar & Sons 90. MIs A.:ihok Cloth House 107. MIS Standard Hardware & Auto Suppliers 91. MIs Dhanlakshmi Stores 108. MIs G. Kasiwishwanathan & Sons 92. Mis Jay Lakshmi Stores 109. MIs Sri Verikateswara Stores 93. Mis J.J. Medical Stores 110. Mis Island Auto Agency 94. MIs National Auto Mobiles 111. MIs Bunty & Co. 95. Mis Nagalakshmi Stores 112. Mis Sri Krishna Stores. 35 CHAPTER V ETHNIC AND SELECTED SOCIO DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POPULATlON Ethnic composition of the population cent). followed by Muslims, 7,J1" (14.13 per CI'3nt) , Christians 5,715 (11.52 per C?eni dnd Sikhs 497(1.00 The question of religion is asked from every indi per cent) respectively. The nUmDei of Buddhists, Jains vidual since beginning of the Indian census in 1872. In and others were 65, 11 and 112, respectively, • India there are many religions but from the point of view of preponderance, the 1981 census listed six major Appendix 10 of the annexure also reflects the religions namely, Hindu, Islam, Christian. Sikh. Buddhist same trend. Out of 200 households surveyed, 122 be and ... As In India so also In these islands, the most longed to Hindus. 53 to Muslims, 22 to Christians. 4 to popular religion is Hindu. The Port Blairtown is also not Sikhs and 1 to Buddhist. The analysis of this table further an exception to this characteristic. Table V.1 given reveals that whereas Hindus and Muslims were more or below furnishes the household population by religion of less evenly distributed over all the localities covered head of household as per 1981 census in Port Blairtown. underthe survey. the Christians households were 10und only in four localities. Sikhs in 2 localities and Buddhists Table V·1 in 1 locality only. The reason of concentration of house Household Population by Religion of Head of house holds of Christians, Sikhs and Buddhists to limited hold -1981 Census localities may very well be attributed to their limited number. However, the fact which is revealed by the Port Blair Town study of distribution of households by religions is that Religion No. of Persons Males Females there is no ethnic congestion of any religion in any par households ticular locality. There was no household by multiple 1 2 3 4 5 religious composition in the surveyed households. Buddhists 8 65 53 12 Mother tongue Christians 1,247 5,715 3,270 2,445 Hindus 8.714 36,213 21.241 14.972 In 1981 census a new question on the language Jains 3 11 5 6 mainly spoken in the household was asked in the house Muslims 1,233 7,015 3.946 3,069 hold schedule alongwith 2 usual languages spoken and Sikhs 111 497 258 239 other languages known in the individual slips. The Other Religion 8 42 28 14 institutional households which are linguistically hetro- '" and Persuasions . geneous and mayor may not have a uniform household Religion not 44 76 59 17 language were excluded from these data. stated Table V.2 given below details.cut the number of Total 11,368 49,634 28,860 20;774 households and population by language mainly spoken in the household as recognised in Part A(i) and Part B(i} . In 1981 census the population of Port Blair town of the Indian Constitution. The figures in this table are was 49,634 of which Hindus were 36,213 (72.96 per exclusive of institutional households. 36 Table V-2 town were of Tamil speakers followed by TeluglJ 2,247 Household and household population by language consisting of 9,641 persons, Hindi 2,135 consisting of mainly spoken in the household-1981 10,347 persons, Malayalam ',434 consisting of 6,422 persons and others. The other languages like Bengali, Port Blair town Assamese, Gujarati, Kannada, Kashmiri, Marathi, Oriya HH 16 Part A(i) and Sindhi were also returned in 1981 census in Port Language No. of Persons Males Females Blair town but their number was very small compared to households the languages analysed in the above paragraph. The 2 3 4 5 analysis of Appendix 12 of the annexure which analyses the mother tongue and subsidiary languages of mem Assamese 3 12 7 5 bers of households as related to duration of stay in Bengali 950 3,597 1,932 1,665 present residence in the sample household shows that Hindi 2,135 10,347 5,394 4,953 the number of Hindi speaking people was highest in Gujarati 15 94 57 37 duration 0-4 years, in 5·7 years and also in duration 10 Kannada 43 182 88 94 years and above. The inference may bedrawnthat origi Kashmiri 1 5 ~ 4 nally there was preponderance of Hindi speaking people Malayalam 1,434 6,422 3,524 2,898 in these islands and the speakers of other languages Marathi 29 95 47 48 which at present are also predominent migrated later on Oriya 15 53 30 23 to these islands. This inference also coincides with the Punjabi 206 706 371 335 fact that though the numberof persons with Hindi as their Sindhi 3 12 9 3 mother tongue is not highest either in the town or in the Tamil 2,794 11,056 6,415 4,641 islands but Hindi is link language of the town as well as Telugu 2,247 9,641 5,374 4,267 that of the A & N Islands. Urdu 281 1,649 851 798 Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes HH 16 Part B(i) As already specified elsewhere in this report, practically no caste system prevails in these islands. Coorgi/Kodagu 3 9 6 3 The religions, more or less, have taken the shape of Dogri 2 6 2 4 castes as on the pattern of mainland of India and English 20 73 37 36 therefore no caste ·has been scheduled in this territory. GorkhaliiNepali 36 148 78 70 In these islands, only six local tribes have been notified Kharia 28 115 69 46 as Scheduled Tribes. These tribes are Nicobarese, Konkani 6 23 15 8 Andamanese, Onges, Shorn Pens, Jarawas and Senti Kurukh/Oraon 85 294 175 119 nelese. The two tribes viz., Jarawas and Sentinelese are Lushai/Mizo 3 2 1 still hostile .. However, the efforts of the Govt. are in the Munda 57 156 92 54 direction to befriend with them without disturbing their Mundar; 14 34 25 9 original way of life. In Port Blair town 56 households of Nicobarese 37 194 129 65 Nicobarese tribe were returned in 1981 census. The Tulu 2 1 population of these households was 271 persons con· Others 257 950 531 419 sisting of 199 males and 72 females either reluctant to .Note:- Exclusive of Institutional Houset10lds. adopt the present modem way of life or are still to be befriended with other people. The following table V.3 The table reveals that maximum numper of house- furnishes the scheduled tribe population in Port Blair holds 2,794 consisting of 11,056 persons in Port Blair town classified by I~eracy, main workers, marginal workers, non-workers and seeking/available for work. 37 Table V-3 Nicobarese Scheduled Tribe Households and population classified by literaq, main workers, marginal'workers, non-workers and seeking/available for work Name of No. of Total Illeterate Literate Main Workers town house- population and educated holds persons Total Cultivators main workers (I) '. ---- P M F M F M F M F M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Port 56 271 199 72 32 42 167 30 126 3 Blair (Urban) Main workers Agricultural Household Other Marginal Non- Seeking/ labourars industry-- workers workers workers available (II) Manufacturing, (III, IV, V (b) for work processing, and VI to IX) servicing and repairs [V (a)] M F M F M F M F M F M F 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 125 2 72 69 12 2 38 Houseless and Institutional population Distribution of population by age, sex, Table VA given below furnishes the numher of marital status, education and religion In sample households houseless and institutional population in Port Blairtown in 1981 census. Hitherto our analysis was based on the data col lected as per 1981 census in municipal area of Port Blair Table V.4 town. Now we will analyse the data collected in the Houseless and institutional population sample survey of 200 sampled households. Therefore, Port Blair town the inference derived from the sample should not neCes sarily coincide with that of 1981 census data. Houseless population Appendix 10 of the annexure shows that out of No. of households 125 1,292 population of the sample households, there were Persons 126 772 never married persons consisting of 407 males and Males 125 365 females. The number of married persons was 490 Female conSisting of 244 males and 246 females. The number of widows and widowers was 27 conSisting of 4 males Institutional population and 23 females. The number of separated and divorced No. of households 665 was 1 and 2 respectively. A very interesting inference Persons 3,756 may be derived from the population of widows/Widowers Males 3,598 that there were only 4 widowers as against 23 widows. Females 158 . Therefore it can very well be inferred that males popu- lation is reluctant to remain as widower whorea female The above table reveals that the number of house population continued to remain as wiOows. The other as holds of houseless population was 125 with population pect of the situation may be that the prevailing customs in the respective ethnic groups are conducive for remar- 126 persons consisting of 125 males and 1 female. The riage of males only. . number of institutional households was 665. The popu lation of these households was 3,756 persons consist Appendix 11 of the annexure presents the distribu ing of 3,598 males and 158 females. The population ~f tion of population by religion in different localities disabled persons by type of disability was also collected covered under sample survey. It may be observed that out of 1,292 persons, the number of Hindus was 747, in 1981 census. The number of total disabled persons in Muslims was 304, Christians was 101, Sikhs was 32 and Port Blair town was 24 of which totally blind were 5, to Buddhists was 6. The Muslims and Hindus were found tally crippled were 8 and totally dumb were 11 as can be living in all the sample localities whereas Christians, seen from the following table V.5 Sikhs and Buddhists were limited to certain localities on1y. The concentration of Christians Sikhs and Bud Table V.5 dhists to certain localities is not due to ethnic disturbance Disabled population by type of disability or fear to one community from another but it is because Port Blair town of their limited population compared to Hindus and Mus lims. There is complete harmony amongst all the fOllow Type of disability Persons ers of all religions in so far as this territory is concerned. The sex wise analysis shows that in Hindus, Muslims Totally blind 5 and Buddhists, males out number females but on the Totally crippled 8 contrary, amongst Christians and Sikhs, females out Totally dumb 11 number males. Total disabled 24 Appendix 14 of the annexure presents the popula tion of sample househOlds by education and religion. It 39 DlSTRIBUTION OF POPULA TION BY REL1GION IN PORT BLA1R - 1981 OTHERS 40 may be observed that cut of total 338 Hindus male popu Hindi language but amongst the speakers of all other lation between the age groups 9-25 and above 130 were languages referred to above, Hindi is found to be the found studying and 208 were found not studying. Simi most popular subsidiary language. larly amongst total Muslim population of 190 males, 80 Appendix 18 presems age at the time of marriage. were found studying and 110 were found not studying. It may be observed that no married male was found in The number of Christians male population was 41 of the sampie household who married at the age of 14 or which 14 were found studying and 27 were found not below. The number of males who were married between studying. The male populationmJ£1e same age group 01 age group 14·24 was87. Thetable reflects that the most Sikhs and Buddhists was 14 and 4 respectively ot which common age group tor marriage amongst males was 6 and 8 were found stu.dying and 8 and 3 were found not 25-34. The analysis of age at marriage in respect of stu9ying. The female population in age group 5-25 and females shows that the most popular age group for above of Hindus, Muslims, Christians, Sikhs and Bud marriage of females was 25-34. This is the same age dhists was 313, 171,41, 17 and 2 respectively of which group which was found most popular in case of males 105, 79,46 and 10 Hindus, Muslims, Christians and population also. Sikhs females respectively were found studying whereas 208 Hindu females, 92 Muslim females, 25 Christian The appendix 190fthe annexure presents the age females, 7 Sikh females and 2 Buddhist females were at marriage as reiated to educational level. The table found not studying. It may be observed that in sampled presents that out of 22 males who married in the age household education was equally prevalent amongst group 14-19, 4 were illiterates. 4 were literates without males and females of all religions and there seems to be educational level, 8 were primary, 4 were middle and 2 no discrimination amongst males and females in so far were matric pass. Out all 08 married male population in as the imparting of education is concerned. the age group 20-24, 11 were illiterates, 13 were literates without educational level, 20 were primary, 18 Appendix 16 of the annexure pres6.1ts the popula were middle, 39 were mat ric, 2 non-technical diploma, 4 tion by educational level. It may be seen from this table were graduate and 1 was technical degree holder. This that the number of illiterates was 151, literate without group covers the maximum number of males married educational level 2, primary 282, middle 422, matricl population. If we analyse the female population, it is secondary 164, secondary/intermediate/PUC 78. tech found that most of the females are married in the age nical diploma 2, graduate 1, non-technical degree 23, group 14-19 whereas in case of males population the post graduate degree holders 6, technical degree hold most popular age group was 20-24. It Illay be observed ers 5, engineering and technological 2 and medicine 1. that out of 178 females married in the age group 14-19, The population of educated persons belonging to ST 59 were illiterates, 24 were literates without educational community is nil since no ST households form part 01 level, 49 primary, 21 middle, 24 matric and 1 was non sample enquiry. The survey reveals that there are technical diploma holder. numerious reason for non-enrolment of children in school amongst which main reasons are children not wining to The appendix 20 of the annexure presents aver study, poor economic condition, abnormality of the age age at marriage as related to educational level at the children etc. It is a matter of great satisfaction that in this time of marriage. The number of ever married males and territory in general and Port Blair town in particular females was 258 and 271 respectively. Out of 258 school going population of children is not affected in any males, 29 were illiterates, 31 were literates without educational level, 51 were primary, 41 were middle, 17 way by caste, creed or other social malpractice. were metric, lOnon-technical diploma holders, 2 The survey covered the speakers of Hindi, Malay technical diploma holders, 8 were graduates, 3 were alam, Marathi, Burmese, Sadari, Mahol, Punjabi, Nepali, technical degree holders and 3 post graduate degree Sindhi, Mundi, Tamil, Telugu, Urdu, Munda, Bengali and holders. Amongst 271 ever married women, 91 were il literates, 28 were I~erates without educational level 67 . Urao as their mother tongue to find out the most popular • I subsidiary language amongst them. The :survey re were pnm~ry, 30 were middle, 39 were matric, 22 were non-technical and 4 were graduates 6 technical de vealed a very interesting fact that while English is most a~d gree holders, There was no technical Qegree holder popular subsidiary language among the speakers of amongst females, 41 CHAPTER VI MIGRATION AND SETTLEMENT OF FAMILIES History of migration of Port Blair town was classified by place of birth as per 1981 Census. As already mentioned, Port Blair is not an ancient Table VI.1 town but came into being only in 1951 Census. The history of A & ~ Islands reveals that in a broader sense Population of Port Blair town classified by the whole population except the tribals is migratory. The place of birth as per 1981 only difference is that some of the households are Census descendents of the persons brought under penal settle ment prior to 1942 and other households migrated to this place at their own for a variety of reasons. P M F tn 1981 Census, information relating to migration I. Population 49,634 28,860 20,774 was collected on the basis of last residence. The answer to this question was filled-in in respect of every person II. Born outside 28,949 18,231 10,718 if he/she had another place of normal residence irre Port Blair spective of his/her place of birth before he/she came to the present place where he/she was enumerated. Even Percentage (58.32) (63.17) (51.59) if a person was born at the place of enumeration. but because of his/her work or studies etc., he/she had shifted subsequently to another village ortown and had come back to the place of enumeration, he/she was The analysis of the above table shows that out of deemed to have another place of residence prior to his! total population of 49,634 in 1981 Census, the number her enumeration here. For defence and similar person of migrants was 28,949 or 58.32 per cent. The sex wise nel this question was not applicable. analysis shows that the number and percentage of male and female migrants was 18,231 or 63.17 per cent and A & N Islands at large and Port Blair town in 10,718 or 51.59 per cent respectively. Thus the above particular is a fast developing area and provide vast op figures show that the population of Port Blair has a very portunities for employment in services and self-employ high magnitude of migrants compared to perhaps any ment in business and trading and manufacturing etc. town on the mainland of India. As a result of influx, the Therefore, it is but natural that Port Blair town is attract population of Port Blair has increased from 26,218 in ing migrants in a big way. 1971 to 49,634 in 1981, registering an increase of 89.31 percent. Migration according to place of birth Table VI.2 furnished below presents the number of migrants in Port Blair by place of birth as per 1981 The table VI.1 given below presents the population Census. 42 Table VI.2 20,685 consisting of 10,629 males and 10,056 females. The number of persors born elsewhere in the district of No. of immigrants in Port Siair by place of birth enumeration was 1 ,039 consisting of 438 males and 601 as per 1981 Census females. The number of pAn::ons bor 1 in other districts of this territory was 408 consisting of 26b ;nales and 143 p M F females. The number of persor:s born in states in India beyond ~his .territory was 26,142 consisting of 16,681 Total population 49,634 28,860 20,774 mares and'g,461 females compared to number of per sons born in the territory viz., 22,132 consisting of A. Sorn in India 48,274 28.013 20,261 11,332 males and 10,800 females. I. Within the state of The appendix 21 of the annexure presents the enumeration 22,132 11.332 10,800 distribution of households by locality and placeo! birth of 1. Born in place head of household. The locality-wise analysis shows of enumera- that out of 23 heads of households 01 Haddo, 27 heads tion 20,685 10,629 10,056 of households of Anarkaly, 43 heads of households of 2. Born else- Kumrakhethy, 17 heads of households of Phoenix Bay, where in 20 heads of hQuseholds of Aberdeen Basti, 20 heads of district of households of Aberdeen Bazar, 13 heads of households enumeration 1,039 438 601 of Sabuline, 11 heads of households 01 Abe,deen Bazar, 3.Born in other 15 heads of households of Junglighat and 11 heads of districts of UT 408 265 143 households of School Line, 17, 19,37,8,7, 11,8,7 and II. States in India 5 and nil heads of households respectively were born in beyond the other States; 3, nil, 3, 2, nil, 3, nil, nil, nil and nil state of respectively heads of households Wele born in other enumeration 26,142 16,681 9,461 countries. Of the remaining 3, 8, 1, 5, 12, 6, 5,4,8 and B. Born in other 9 heads of households respectively were born in the countries 1,360 847 513 same town. The remaining heads of households were born within the same district. It may be observed from the above table that out of total Migrants classified by place of last resi population of 49.634 of Port Blair town, 48,274 persons dence were born in India and the remaining 1,360 persons were born outside India but enumerated in Port Blair town. Table VI.3 presents the number of migrants in Port The analysis of the Indian born persons shows that the Blair town by place of last residence and duration of number of persons born in place of enumeration was residence in place of enumeration. 43 Table VI.3 Migrants in Port Blair town by place of last residence and duration of residence in place of enumeration Last residence Total Less 1-4 5-9 10-19 20+ Period than years years years years not 1 year .. stated 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A. Last residence elsewhere in India 28.770 3,006 8,168 5,846 7,1'43 4,314 294 I. Within the U.T but outside the place ot enumeration 3,490 583 1,427 676 502 214 90 1. Elsewhere In district of enumeration 2,560 395 1,009 504 389 190 74 2. In other districts of U.T. 930 187 416 171 113 25 16 II. States in India beyond U.T. 25,281 2,423 6,742 5,171 6,641 4,098 205 B. Other countries 709 77 76 81 163 301 11 The analysis of above table shows that out of 28,770 state their duration of stay was 74. The number of persons having last residence elsewhere in India, 3,006 persons born in other districts of this territory but enu were residing for less than 1 year, 8,168 were residing for merated here was 930 of which 187 were residing for 1-4 years, 5,846 were residing for 5-9 years, 7,143 were less than 1 year, 416 were residing for 1-4 years, 171 residing for 10-19 years and 4,314 were residing for more were residing for 5-9 years, 113 were residing for 10- than 20 years in Port Blair. 19 years and 25 were residing for more than 20 years. The number 1')f persons who could not state their Of course 294 persons could not state their period of duration of stay was 16. stay in Port Blair. The analysis of the persons born else where in the district of enumeralion but enumerated in Port Hitherto we have dealt with migration figures as Blair town shows that out of 2,560 such persons, 395 were thrown up by the 1981 Census. Now we will analyse residing for less. than 1 year, 1,009 were residing fOf 1-4 the data collected and compiled from 200 households years, 504 were residing for 5-9 years, 389 were residing covered under sample survey from ten localities of for 10-19 years and 190 were residing for more than 20 Port Blair town. Table VI.4 given below presents the years ih Port Blair. The number of persons who could not number of households migrated into Port Blair town with reasons for migration. 44 Table VI.4 households from other States/UTs was 119 of which 110 were from rural area and 9 were from urban area. The Reasons for migration to Port Blair town number of migrant households from other countries was 10 of which 9 wert ftom rural area and 1 was from urban Reason No.of households Percentage Itee. Appendix 22 of the annexure reveals that 30 1 2 3 households were migrated from Kerala, 23 each from Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu, 1from Min!~~, 3:Iom Employment 103 74.10 West Bengal, 1 from MaMras~ira, 21 from Bihar, 6 from Settlement 10 7.19' . Uttar Pradesh, 1 from Gujarat, 3 froM Punjab, 6 from Marriag~ 5 3.60 Madhya Pradesh and 1 from Delhi to Pon Blair, As Bu~iness 8 5.75 regards to migrants from fol'@lgf1 OiUhtri@8, tM table Family movement 7 5;04 reveals that' WaS trom Pakistan, 3 from Burma, 5 from Prison 1 0.72 Bangia Dash and 2 from Nepal. Transfer 3 2.'S Unspecified 2 1.44 Appendix 23 of the annexure presents the distribu tion of households by migration status Of noosshl)itJs Total 139 100.00 and duration of stay of ahy member of the l16usehold who have stayed the longGst in Port Blairtown. The table shows that the number of migrant households frem rural It is surprising that out of 200 households covered areas was 133 of which nona was foUhd residing for less under sample survey, 139 or 69.5 per cent households than 1 year, 2 households were residing for 1-5 years, 16 belonged to migrants. The survey also throws light on households were residing for 6-1 0 years, 53 hOuseholds the reasons of migration to Port Blairtown, main of which were residing for 11-20 yeal'l al'ld G6 households were are employment, settlement, marriage, business, family resiCIing for more than 21 years. The humber of house movement, transfer and others. But amongst all, the holds who migrated from urban ~teas to Port Blair town most important reason of migration is employment. It was 9 of whic~ none was found residing for less than 1 may be observed from the above table that out of 139 year, 2 were residing for 1-5 years, 2 were residing for migrant-households, 103 or 74.10 per cent households 6-10 years, 1 was residing for 11-20 years, 4 were migrated to'Port Blair for reason of employment followed residing for more than 21 years and the particulars of by 10 households for settlement, 8 households for busi one head of household could not be identified. Appendix ness, 7 households for family movement,S households 24 of the annexure shows that out of 29 households who for marriage and 3 households for transfer and the were migrated from Kerala, 28 households belonged to remaining for other reasons. rural area and 1 household belonged to urban area, 20 households migrated from rural area of Andhra Pradesh, Distribution of households by locality and 1 household migrated from rural area of Minicoy, 1 place of birth of head of household household migrated from rural area of Maharashtra, 21 households migrated from rural area and 4 households Appendix 21 of the annexure throws light on the migrated from urban area of Tamil Nadu, 5 households distribution of households by locality and place of birth of migrated from rur2.1 area and 1 household migrated from head of household by rural and urban area. It ~ay be urban area of Uttar Pradesh, 1 household migrated from . observed that out of 200 households, 61 households urban area of Deihl, 3 .households migrated from rural born In Port Blair town and 9 households In the same area of Punjab, 1 household migrated from rural area of district but migrated to Port Blair town. The tabl. also Gulerat, 1 household migrated from rural area and 2 reveals that no household migrated from Nlcobars dis. households migrated ftom urban area of West Bengal, trict to Port Blair town. However, the number of migrant 21 households migrated from rural area of Bihar and 45 9 ~kk l'niQratect from rural area of Macl1ya Pradesh. Property and migrants Appendix 27 of the annexure presents the exis tence of property of migrants at the place of last resi Dlsftlbution of migrants by workers and dence by description of the place and distance and non-workers and duration of stay duration of stay. The tabia shows that majority of mi grants were riot having any property at the place from Appendix 25 of the annexure furnished distribution where they have migrated. The state-wise analysis of wdH 47 CHAPTER VII NEIGHBOURHOOD PATIERN It has already been mentioned in the previous in the sense it helps a lot to the investigators to study the chapters that in Port Blairtown people of different States neighbourhood pattern of the town. and Union Territories belonging to different religions and ethnic groups are residing not only peacefully but also The neighbourhood pattem can be studied with with full confidence in each other. The net result is that three angles viz., (a) relations with close neighbours, (b) persons belonging to different religions and ethnic groups relations within the locality or mohall a and (c) relations are more or less evenly distributed in aU the tan localities within the town. It is worth mentioning that If one goes of Port Blair. In this chapter, an aHempt is being made to around the town, he may find it very difficult to judge from study the neighbourhood pattern of the people of differ the behaviour of the neighbours whether they belong to ent walks of life. the same family, same caste/religion or to different one. The neighbours whether children or grown up, are The word neighbourhood has been viewed and generally heard saying to each other as 'uncle' or 'aunty', defined in different ways. As per Cambridge dictionary, 'bhayya', 'bhabi' etc .. These are very common words the meaning of neighbourhood is the state of being which are used by the neighbours to each other. As neighbours, kindly feeling, a set of neighbours, a district already observed that people of different religions/ethnic especially with reference to its inhabitants, a district: a groups are evenly distributed in all the localities, In the region lying ne,ar, a near position, nearness: a" the history of Port Blair town, there had never been any points that surround a given point in a specified degree communal disturbance. Ahematively, there are instances of closeness. According to E.E. Burger, a well known , where persons of one religion are taking part with full en sociologist, the neighbourhood is a term which is difficult thusiasm and with open heart in each others festival as to define. It may be characterised as a primary informal well as ceremonies. Here, I would like to cite certain ex group consisting of potential of persons who live in local amples where the persons of one community/religion proximity. Thus it can be observed that it is not oilly have established their religions with the persons of other physical entity but also social and moral entity. If the community/religion and observing with full responsibility people are living in close proximity to each other and do and dedication. not recognise and social or moral binding upon them to look after the welfare of one another then in real sense Hindu Family and Muslim Family they do not constitute a neighbourhood. They just con stitute a physical conglomeration. Thus we arrive at a Shri Siddique is a Muslim who hails from Uttar conclusion that for a neighbourhood physical and SOCial Pradesh. At present he is having accepted (Muhbola) characteristics are necessary. Therefore, it is rightly relations with Hindu and Muslim families. He is having remarked that the most distinct characteristics of a one accepted Hindu sister. He without any hesitation neighbour are its relations with the local area sufficiently performed the last rituals as brother in the death of the compact to promote frequent and intimate as social and son of his Hindu sister. A new person cannot judge that the emergence out of such association sufficient homo a Muslim brother is performing the last rituals of his genety and unity to promote a primary or face to face Hindu sister. The wife of Shri Siddique is having ac- social grouping endowed with a strong sense of self 'cepted Hindu mother also. Mr. & Mrs. Siddique were consciousness and capable of influencing the behaviour given their due regards/rights in the marriage ceremony of its several constituents. The remark is very important held in the house of Hindu mother. Further, one 48 Mr, Sh~rma hails from the Rampur district of Uttar Table VII.1 RraQe~h. His son was educated here and is now in govt, Names of important festivals/customs celebrated seNice, The father hag retired and gone back to Uttar in Port Blair town Prildfjiih, But hil Ion who Is a govt. seNant had married a Muslim girl in the presence of his parents and also with Hindus Christians full consent of the parents of Muslim girl. It is very heart ening to note that there w~s nQ QQjeotlQn either from 1. Durga Pula 1, Good Friday Hindu or ~u~lim gommunity against performing the 2. Ramalila 2. Christmas marriage of these children. 3. Janamashtami 4. Murugan Puja Sikhs Hindu an~ ~Ikh 5. Diwali 6. Holi 1. Guru Nanak Birth day TAer~ a.re m~ny Hindu and Sikh families who have 7. Onam 2. Guru Gobind Singh marriage r~latiQfls, To be sp~iflc Shri Oevinder Singh is 8, Pongal Birth Day a Sikh wh9 i~ residing in Aberdeen village. Shri Singh 9. Makar Sankranti 3, Guru Teg 8ahadur marri~ his dauQhter to , Hindu tioy of School Line 10. Ayyappa Puia Shahidi Divas villa~e. Th!~ m~rriage Was performed with the consent 11. Ramnavami ()f both th~ f~mili~s and there was no objection or 12. Ganapathi Puja Others F~~ntm~nt ~nher from Hindu 01 Sikh community for this 13, KaliPuja marriaQe. 1. Independence Day Muslims 2. Republic Day Hin~l:I ~nc;t Christian 1. Miladul Nabi 3. State Exhibition 2. Id-ul-Fitr 4. New Year's Day ~hri arij 6ihari lal of South Point is a retired govt. 3. Muharram 5. Sports Week seM~nt who married his son with a Christian girl. Shri Brij 6. .)ayanties of different Bihari L.al is ~ local in the sense that his parents came to national leaders Port Blair frQm Vttar Pradesh prior to 1942. The parents 7. Dramas and cultural of lhe Qirl hail from Kerala. The father of the girl is a programmes by retiri!ld en9in~r. The marriage of a Christian girl with a various institutions. HindI) bQy dic;l not attract any community objection. For sQmetimes the parents of the girl were not completely It may be observed from the above table that the mix~ble with th~ new Hindu relations but after sometime ""'ain festivals which are celebrated by Hindus are Ourga they have picked up the thread of customs of Hindu PUja, Gamalila, Janamashtami, Murugan Puja, Diwali, religion. Holi, Onam, Pongal, Makara Sankranti, Ayyappa Puja, Ramnavami, Ganapathy Puja and Kali Puja. The festi The above examples are sufficient enough to vals celebrated by Muslims are Miladul Nabi, Id and prove the endurance of different religions and basic Moharram. In·Christian community there are only two characteristic of the society which is at present prevalent main festivals viz., Good Friday and Christmas. The here. It may not be out of place to mention here that the Sikh community generally celebrates Guru Nanak's dreams of the Father of the Nation, Mahatma Gandhi Birthday, Guru Govind Singh's Birth day, Shahidi Divas .became true in Port Blair. of Guru Teg Bahadur. Apart from the festivals men tioned above there are other festivals which are cele Table VI1.1 given below presents the names of brated in Port Blair viz., Independence Day, State important festivals/customs celebrated in Port Blair. Exhibition, Republic Day, Sports Week, Jayanties of different national leaders and dramas and cultural shows. 49 The most important part of the festivals is that all the neighbours was reported on account of their high or low religious communities take part in each others festivals. positions in govt. service or different occupations. The extreme of the mix up and social behaviour is that the Muslims are in the Management Body of many Hindu Table VIL2 given below presents the bounds of Puja Committees and Muslims, Christians and Sikhs different localities as stated by the residents. artists, apart from Hindus, take part in celebrating Ramalila. The Holi which is mainly celebrated in North India is Table VII.2 celebrated in Port Blair by all the ethnic groups irrespec Boundaries of localities as stated by the residents tive of their religions and the place from where they hail. Similarly, the Kali Puja and Durga Puja are also ob Name of locality Bounded localities served by all the ethnic groups and the 'Prasad' distributed after performing the Pula is accepted with full 1. Haddo (1) Prem Nagar, (2) Buniyadabad, sradha and bhakti by all the persons irrespective of their (3) Phoenix Bay, (4) Anarkali religions or ethnic groups. Similarly in Id, Hindus, Chris 2. Anarkali (1) AIR Colony, (2) Buniyadabad, tians and Sikhs are found congratulating their Muslim (3) Prem Nagar, (4) Delanipur brothern. They also enjoy the feast served by their 3. Buniyadabad (1) Prem Nagar, (2) Phoenix Bay, Muslim brothern without any sort of hesitation. During (3) Anarkali, (4) AIR, (5) Haddo Christmas, the Christians are congratulated by their 4. Phoenix Bay (1) Aberdeen Bazar, (2) Goalghar, Hindu, Muslim and Sikh brothern. The feast served by (3) Prem Nagar, (4) Haddo, the Christians to their Hindu, Mulsim and Sikh brothern (5) Buniyadabad, (6) Marine is also enjoyed by them. The community of Sikh, of 5. Aberdeen (1) Clock Tower, (2) Aberdeen course, is small in number but they too celebrate their Village (a) Village (3) Dockyard, (4) South Point, main festival here. The Guru Ka Langer in Gurudwara is (5) Atlanta Point and (6) Phoenix enjoyed by all persons of different religions and ethnic Bay groups. 6. Aberdeen (1) Middle Point, (2) Church Area, Bazar (b) (3) Quarry Hills ~ 7. Babuline (1) Aberdeen Bazar, (2) Mohanpura, So far we have discussed the neighbourhood by (3) Machhi Line ethnic groups and religions. Appendices 29 and 30 of the 8. Aberdeen (1) Gymkhana, (2) Namak Pana, annexure shows that there is not only complete harmony Bazar (d) (3) Middle Point, (4) Aberdeen Bazar amongst different religions but also amongst persons of (5) Dignabad, (6) Mohanpura, different occupations. It can be observed that in locality (7) Marine Hills and (8) Phoenix Bay one, teachers, electricians, labourers and librarians; in 9. Jungtighat (1) Junglighat Middle School locality two, clerks, head clerks; in locality three, water (2) Anath Ashram, (3) Goalghar men, contractor, mason, engine driver, driver; in locality 10. School Line (1) Brichgunj, (2) Dollygunj, four, Asstt. Secretary, Assistant-in-charge, business (3) Austainabad, (4) Protherapur men, watchmen; in local~y five, Asstt. Engineer, FQOd Inspector, Jawabdar; in locality six, Industries Officer, It may be observed that the bound of Haddo Constable; in local~y seven, Chairman, MuniCipal Board, locality touches Prem Nagar, Buniyadabad, Phoenix Gold Sm~h; in local~ eight Tally Clerks, Senior Teacher, Bay, Anarkali; the bound of Anarkali touches AIR Col Soap Owner, Black Smith, Mason; in locality nine, ony, Haddo; the bound of Phoenix Bay locality touches Compounder, Higher Grade Clerks, Compos~or, Labourer Aberdeen Bazar, Goalghar, Prem Nagar, Haddo, and in locality ten, Assn. Secretary, Chargeman, Driver, Buniyaclabad and Marine; the bound of Aberdeen viUage(a) Compositor etc. are residing with maintaining perfect touches Cbck Tower, Aberdeen Bazar, Dockyard, South good neighbourly relations. No resentment amongst the Point, Atlanta Point, Phoenix Bay and bound of Aber- 50 deen Bazar (b) touches Middle Point. Church area. of 44 inverviewees. 34 persons purchased their require Quarry Hill; bound of Biggie line locality touches Aber ments from within the neighbourhood and only 6 per deen Bazar. Mohanpura and Machhi line; the bound of sons had to go out of their neighbourhood to purchase their requirement. The number of persons whose re Aberdeen Bazar (b) touches the bounds of Junglighat. quirement was met outside the town was nil. Middle Point, Aberdeen Basti, Dignabad, Mohanpura, Marine Hills and Phoenix Bay. The bound of Junglighat Appendix 33 of the annexure shows that all the touches the bounds of Goalghar, Anath Ashram; the localities are not fully self-sufficient in so far as education bound of School Line locality touches the bounds of is concerned. The table shows that out of 44 sample Brichgunj, Dollygunj, Austinabad and Protherapore vil households. 26 households availed educational facili ties within the neighbourhood and 15 had to go outside lage. the neighbourhood for educational purpose. Appendix 32 of the annexure shows that though Table VI1.3 presented below furnishes the locali the main market is ;Aberdeen Bazar, yet all the ten ties by main characteristics as described by persons be localities are more o'r less self-sufficient in so far as the longing to different religions/ethnic groups. market facilities are concerned. The table shows that out TableVII.3 Main characteristics of localities as described by persons belonging to different religions/ethnic groups Name:> of locality Characteristics as No. of persons described who described the characteristics H M C S 1 2 3 4 5 6 Haddo 1. Mixed population 2 3 2. Govt. servants Anarkali 1. Hindu population 3 5 4 2. Sweepers 3. Mixed population 4. Govt.servants Buniyadabad 1. Mixed population 6 4 2 2. Malayalee dominated 3. Govt. servants Phoenix Bay 1. Hindu dominated 6 2 2. Malayalee dominated 3. Service personnel 4. Business 5. Mixed population 51 Table VII.3 - Concld, 1 2 3 4 5 6 Aberdeen Village (a) 1. Mixed population 4 6 2. Govt. servants Aberdeen Bazar (b) 1. Mixed population 3 5 6 2. Business Babu Line 1. Mixed population 2 2 2. Business Aberdeen Bazar (d) 1. Hindu dominating 5 2 2. Mixed population 3. Govt. servants 4. Business & Labour Junglighat 1. Mixed population (5 2 2. Telugu dominating 3. Govt. servants 4. Labourers School Line 1. Hindu dominating 8 2. Mixed population 3.Muslims dominating 4. Govt. servants It may be observed that 2 Hindus and 3 Muslims centre. 5 Hindus, 2 Muslims described Aberdeen Bazar described Haddo area as mixed population and domi (b) as Hindu dominated, mixed popu1ation, govt. ser nated by govt.servants. 3 Hindus, 5 Muslims and 4 vants and business and labour centre. 6 Hindus and 2 Christians described Anarkali locality as Hindu dominat Muslims described J,.mglghat locality as mixed popula ing area, mixed population and govt. servants. 6 Hindus tion, Telugu dominating, govt.servants and labourers. 8 and 4 Muslims and 2 Christians described Buniyadabad Hindus described School Line locality as Hindu dominat as mixed papulation, Malayalee dominating and ing, mixed population, Muslim dominated and govt.servants. 6 Hindus and 2 Muslims described Phoe govt.servants. The inference may be drawn that all the nix Bay locality as Hindu dominating, Malayalee domi localities have mixed population and the people residing nating, service personnel and mixed population. 4 Hin there belong to different walks of life, I.e. govt.servants, dus described Aberdeen village (b) as mixed population business community and labourers etc. and are living and business centre. 2 Hinous and 2 Muslims described with full communal and ethnic harmony Babuline locality as mixed population and business 53 CHAPTER VIII FAMILY LIFE IN THE TOWN The sample study of the households in Port Blair widowed mother-in-law. town shows that most of the households in the town 6. Collateral jOint family: Two or more married present a nuclear type of family structure consisting of couples between whom there is a sibling husband, wife and children. The extended nuclear family bond-usually a brother-brother relationship with blood relatives like brother, sister, brother'slsister's plus unmarried children. son, brother's/sister's daughter etc., are very few. The 7. Supplemented collateral joint family: A col reason being that the joint family system is constantly lateral joint family plus unmarried, divorced, and steadily losing its base and there is a growing or widowed relatives, typically, such sup tendency to make onself free from the clutches of joint pletive relatives are the widowed mother of family system as soon as he is married. The nuclear the married brothers, or the widower father, family system is more suited to the conditior.3 of Port or an unmarried sibling. Blairtownwhich may be called as service-cum-business 8. Lineal joint family: Two couples between class town where people from distant places on the whom there is a lineal link-usually between mainl.and come to earn livelihood either through service parents and married son, sometimes or business. Generally such persons do not come with between parents and married daughters. large family structure and prefer to maintain a nuclear 9. Supplemented lineal joint family : A lineal family. In order to study the structure of families, the joint family plus unmarried, divorced, or households have been classified into following 12 family widowed relatives who do not belong to ei size classes: ther of the lineally linked nuclear families; for example, the father's widowed brother or 1. Nuclear family: A couple with or without un the son's wife's unmarried brother. married children. 10. Lineal-collateral joint family: Three or more 2. Supplemented nuclear family: A nuclear family couples linked lineally and collaterally. Typi plus one or more unmarried, separated, or cally, parents and their two or more married widowed relatives of the parents, other than sons, plus the 'Jnmarried children of the their unmarried children. three or more couples. 3. Sub-nuclear family: A fragment of a former 11. Supplemented lineal-collateral joint family: nuclear family. Typical examples are the A lineal-collateral joint family plus un widow with unmarried children, or the wid married, widowed, separated relatives, who ower with unmarried children or siblings belong to none of the nuclear families, line wither unmarried, or widowed, separated, or ally and collaterally linked; for example, the divorced living together. father's widowed sister or brother, or an 4. Single person household. unmarried nephew of the father. 5. Supplemented sub-nuclear: A group of rela 12. Others (Those not covered above). tive members of the nuclear family. For example, a widow and her unmarried, di Table VIII.1 given below presents the distribution vorced, or widowed relative who is not a of surveyed households by nature of relation of mem . member of the nuclear family. For example, bers to the head of household and migration status of a widow and her unmarried children plus her head of household. 54 Table VIII.1 Distribution of households by nature of relation of members to head of household and migration status of head of household Nature of relation of members to head of Numberof households whose migration status. household of head of household is Non-migrant Migrant Total No. Percentge No. Per~entage No. PercentgEi' 2 3 4 5 6 7 1. Self, spouse, unmarried sons 24 19.20 101 80.80 125 100.00 and daughters 2. Self, spouse, married sons, son's wife 14 56.00 11 44.00 25 100.00 with or without unmarried sons and daughters 3. Others 19 38.00 31 62.00 50 100.00 Total 57 28.50 143 71.50 200 100.00 It may be perused from the above table that 24 households of this category. All together there were 57 non-migrants households consisted of self, spouse, non-migrants households accounting for 28.50% com married sons and daughters which accounted for 19.20% pared to 143 migrant households accounting for 71 .50% compared to 101 migrant households consisting of selt, of the total households. The number of other non spouse and unmarried sons aI'Jd daughters accounting migrants and migrant households was 19 and 31 for 80.80% of the households under this category. respectively. Fourteen non-migrant households consisting of self, spouse, married sons, son's wife with or without unmar Table VIII.2 given below presents the distribution' ried sons and daughters accounting for 56% compared of sample households by type ot household. to 11 households of migrants accounting for 44% of the Table VIII.2 Distribution of sample households by type of household SI.No. Type of household No.of households Percentage to total households 2 3 4 1. Nuclear 125 62.50 2. Supplemented nuciear 1 0.50 3. Sub-nuclear 4 2.00 4. Single person 5. Supplemented sub-nuclear 32 16.00 6. Collateral joint 6 3.00 7. Supplemented collateral joint 3 1.50 55 2 3 4 8. Lineal joint 13 6.50 9. Supplemented lineal joint 0.50 10. Lineal collateral joint 7 3.50 11. Supplemented lineal collateral joint 1 0.50 12. Others 7 3.50 Total 200 100.00 It may be observed from the above table that most distribution of households by nature of relations of prevalent type of households is nuclear households fol members to head of household and migration status of lowed by supplemented sub nuclear households. The head of household. The study of this table shows that household wise analysis of the above table shows that most ofthe households are of nuclear type consisting of out of 200 households covered under the sample sur self, spouse, unmarried sons and rI::lughters, son's wife vey, the number of nuclear households was 125 fol with or without unmarried sons and daughters. The lowed by supplemented nuclear households 32, supple numbers of f<:1milies consist!ng of married brothers, their mented lineal joint households 6, sub-nuclear house children were very few. The reason for following set holds 4, supplemented collateral joint households 3, pattern of family may be compelling circumstances supplemented lineal joint household 1 supplemented prevalent in the town. It has become quite difficult to lineal collateral joint household 1 and others 7. support a big family in the modern social system spe cially in the town where household has a fascination to Appendix 41 of the annexure presents the distribu the facilities and amenities of the modern town. tion of households by numberof members and ageofthe head of household. The study o'f this table reveals that Appendix 43 in the annexure presents the distribu the number of single member household was nil, 2 tion of households by type of educational level of head member households wa~ 2, 3 member households was of household. The study of the table shows that the 24, 4 member households was 21, 5 member house number of illiterate heads of household was 15, heads of holds was 38, 6-7 memb(3r households was 57, 8-9 households without educational level was 21, heads of member households was 33, 10-12 member house households with education below primary level was 55, holds was 17 and 13 and above member households heads of households with primary education was 39, was 8. The inference from the above data is that most heads of households with mat ric was 60, heads of popular size of household is 6-7 members' household households with diploma and degree and above was 8. followed by 5 members household and 8-9 members A very interesting part of the analysis is that most of the household. The age group wise analysis of the table educated heads of households were found in the nuclear shows that there was no household whose head was type of households followed by supplemented sub below 20 years. The number of households whose nuclear households. Thus, an inference may be drawn heads was in the age group 20-29 was 21, the need of that the smaller the size of the households higher is the 65 households were in the age group 30-39, the head of possibility of educated head of households. In the follow 60 households were in the age group 40-49, the head of ing paragraphs we will study the members of the house 33 households were in the age group 50-59 and the head holds staying outside by religion, education, relationship of 21 households were in the age group of 60 and above. and occupation. Table VIIl.3 given below presents the households and number of members staying outside by The model age group of households is found to be religion: 40-49 years. The appendix of the annexure presents 56 Table \ 111.3 Households whose family members are staying outside by religion and place of belonging of head of householc Name of Total Number of households whose family members are staying outside and whose hea( religion no. of of household belongs to house- hold Kerala Andhra Mini- U.P. Bihar M.P. Pun- TN Maha- PL Pradesh eoy jab rashrtra 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Hindus 50 5 13 8 1 14 1 8 Muslims 12 3 1 1 5 Christians 11 5 4 2 Sikhs 2 All religions 75 ,3 14 12 3 16 1 13 It may be observed from the above table that the members of the households either to remain with tl members of 75 households were found staying outside household or outside the household. of which -50 households belong to Hindus, 12 house holds belong to Muslims, 11 households belong to Appendix 44 of the annexure presents the rem Christians, and 2 households belong to Sikhs. Further tances sent by the households to absentee membe analysis of the table reveals that of the 75 households 13 classified by relationship to head of households. It mi belong to the households inmigrated from Kerala, 14 be observed from the table that 17 fathers• used to ren from Andhra Pradesh, 1 from Minieoy, 1 from U.P., 12 money to their dependents in the sametown, in the rUi from Bihar, 3 from M.P., 1 from Punjab, 16 from Tamil areas of the same district and outside the territor)' on tI Nadu, 1 from Maharashtra and 13 households of the mainland in Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Kera same place. at the average rate of RS.1 082. Two daughters used Appendix 45 of the annexure presents number of remit money to their absentee relations on the mainlal members of the households studying outside by eduea at the rate of Rs. 3600 in Delhi and West Bengi tionallevel and relation to head of household. The study ~.ineteen mothers used to remit money to their absent4 of this table shows that 21 illiterates, 2 below primary, 4 relatives in the same town and to other places outs« with primary, 2 with matric and 1 with degree and above the Union- territory in Tamil Nadu, Andhra Prades heads were residing outside the household. 38 illiterate Bihar, Madhya Pradesh and Kerela at an average rate mother, 1 below primary, 8 with primary and 1 matric Rs. 1226. Three sons used to remit money to thl mothers were residing outside the households. 3 illiter absentee relatives on the mainland in West Beng, ate, 5 primary, 4 matric and 3 with degree and above Madhya Pradesh and Kerala at an average rate of F sons were residing outside the household, 2 daughters 3467. One brother and sister used to remit money with matric were residing outside the household. 2 their absentee relations on the mainland both in Ken; illiterate, 4 below primary, 7 primary, 5 matrie, 1 diploma at an average rate of Rs. 1000 respectively. The turth holder and 1 de~ree holder brothers were studying analysis of the table reveals that the total number outside the household. Similarly 3 illiterate, 2 matric and households which were found to remit money to th, 1 degree and above sisters were studying outside the absentee relations was 43 and the, number of absent, household. It is only the circumstances which guide the family members was 69 of which 27 were in the ~ar 57 town, 1 was in rural area of same district, 123 in Tamil ers (986), Carpenters (811) and r('t.'1i1 merchants ('L Nadu, 1 was in Delhi, 83 were in Andhra Pradesh, 2wete in West Bengal, 6 in Bihar, 3 in Madhya Pradesh and 93 were in Kerala with an average remitance of Rs. 1425. In nut and shell the overall observation is that tnodern circL'tnstances of the town generally compell The appendix 46 present the households by occu the heads of households as far as possible to keep a pation whose members are staying outside, It may be nuclear type of household with him but at the same time observed from the data therein that these household!!! people have not totally forgotten the Indian trad~ion of belong to varied occupation. However, the maximum security and to support their dependents specially old concentration of such households were found in occu parents and uMmployed kins who are staying at other pation of labours (999), clerical supervision (300), Driv- places other than the place of the household. 8 Table 1.7· concld. Religion Total population Percentage Total Percentage of the U.r. to total population of to town's population the town population 2 3 4 5 Muslims 16,188 8.58 7,015 14.13 Jains 11 N 11 0.02 Sikhs 991 0.52 497 1.00 Other religions & persuation 231 0.12 42 0.09 Religions not stated 1,126 0.60 76 0.15 Total 188,741 100.00 49,634 100.00 town. It is to the credit of residents of this territory and It may be observed from the above table that almost all town that so far 1'10 religious clash has taken place in the the religions and. their followers are settled down in the history of the territory as well as town. 59 CHAPTER IX HOUSING AND MATERIAL CULTURE In this chapter an attempt is made to study the in all the residential areas which at present form the part households in relation to houses, household faciltties of Port Blair town. The second effect of the tremor was and predominant materials used in the construction of that the style and technology of construction of houses houses. It may not be out of place to mention here that even for very high administrative officers had undergone Port Blair is situated not only in tropical zone but also in changes. Instead of constructing pucca, bungalows by seismic zone. Minor earth tremors are frequent here. bricks and cement etc., they constructed timber bunga The last big one was in 1942 when the town was shaken lows with tin and wood roofing which are capable of very severely which resulted in many-a-cracks in the absorbing the shock of tremors. The Port Blair town pucca buildings. In earth tremor of 1942, the main watch gives a glance of generally timber houses except some tower ofthe Cellular Jail fell down. Many big cracks were newly constructed buildings. found in the walls of the Cellular Jail as well as in pucca bungalows at Ross Island which were then occupied by the Administrative Officers including the Chief Commis Amenities available In houses sioner of the British Regime. The tremor had frightened the British Officers who decided to disband administra In 1981 census, the number of houses recorded tive headquarters at the Ross Island and shifted them to was 10,590. Table tX.1 given below presents the availa new place in main island of South Andaman (now called bilttyof electricity and toilet facility with tenure status of Port Blair). Thereafter planned development took place houses occupied in Port Blair town. Table IX.1 Availability of electricity and toilet facilities and tenure status of houses occupied in Port Blair in 1981. Tenure status of Total Electricit~ Toilet house occupied houses Available Not available Available Not available Houses Popu- Houses Popu- Houses Popu- Houses Popu- lation lation lation lation 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Owned 3,000 2,001 11,931 999 4,551 1,846 10,856 1,154 5,626 Rented 7,590 6,282 24,630 1,308 4,650 5,662 22,612 1,928 6,668 Total 10,590 8,283 36,561 2,307 7,508 9,201 33,468 3,082 12,294 60 The table reveals that out of 10,590 houses, 3,000 It may be observed from the above table that were owned and 7,590 were rented. The rented houses of 10,590 houses, the facility of drinking water Y are inclusive of the houses provided to the govt. ser· available in 6,238 houses within the premises and vants as rent free accommodation by the government as number of houses which availed this facility from outs per terms and conditions of their service. The table also the premises was 4,352. The source wise analysi! reveals that in town, the electric~y was available in 8,283 water supply shows that wells were available within houses covering of a population of 36,561 persons. The premises of 267 houses and outside premises of : electricity facility was not available in 2,307 houses with houses, const~uting to 5.1 % of the total houses. Tal a population of 9,201 persons. The table further reveals water facility was available within the premises of 5,! that toilet facility was available in 7,508 houses having houses and outside the premises of 3,768 hou population of 33,468 persons. The facility of toilet was constituting to 91.9% of the houses. The facility of hi not available in 3,082 houses having a population of pump was available within the premises of 3 houses; 12,294 persons. outside the premises of 2 houses. The f~cility of ri' canal water was available within the premises ( Drinking water houses constituting to 0.1% of the total houses outside the premises of 23 houses constituting to 0 Table IX. 2 presented below presents the availabil· of the total houses. The other sources of water sUJ ity of drinking water by source in ?ort Blair town as .per were available outside the premises of 275 hou 1981 census. constituting to 2.6% of the total houses. Table IX.2 So far we have discussed the facilities as we its availability in Port Blair town on the basis of 1 Availability of drinking water by sources in Port Blair, census data. Hereafter we will discuss the results 0' in 1981 sample survey conducted in 200 households cove all the 10 localities of Port Blair town. Drinking water Total Availability of water source house- Within Outside Percen- Problems faced by households holds premises premises tage to total Appendix 34 of the annexure presents the rele house- position of selected households with adjoining hou holds The table reveals that out of 200 households, houses were having separate compound, 2 of VIi 2 3 4 5 faced the problem of rooms, 2 faced the problel water and 21 faced unspecified problems. The nUl Well 10,590 267 277 5.1 of houses without separate compound was 16 of '" Tap 10,590 5,963 3,768 91.9 5 houses were faced unspecified problems. The nUl Handpump/ of houses with 1 flat in multiple house units was' Tubewell 10,590 3 2 N which 5 faced unspecified problems. The numb River/Canal 10,590 7 0.1 houses which had floors in multiple housing unit wa Tank 10,590 5 23 0.3 Others 10,590 275 2.6 Housing material All sources 10,590 6,238 4,352 100.0 Appendix 35 presents the distribution of housl predominant materials of buildings, walls, roofs ceiling by locality. The table reveals that the 61 predominant material used for floor construction was 15 persons only. Thus it may be observed that most of timber and cement. Cement was used for construction the households used to remain in 1 room, 2 rooms, and of floor of the house in all the localities whereas timber 3 rooms set of houses. The number of households was used in 9 localities only. In locality no. 3, no house having the facility of 4 rooms or more was very low. came into sample using timber for construction of floor. In locality no. 1,3 and 5 mud was also used for making Appendix 38 of annexureiumishes information on floor. Cement and clay, cement and mud and cement the existence of furniture and duration of stay of the andtimberwere found to be used by locality nos. 1,2and present households. The analysis of the table reflects 9 respectively. The most predd'mtnant material for con that 200 households selected for survey were found struction of wall is reported to be timber which was used having chairs, tables, cot, diwan cot, almirah, dressing in all the localities of Port Blair town followed by cement tables, sofa sets, stools, easy chairs, cane chairs etc., in 5 localities, bricks and timber in 2 localities, cement and their number was 159, 150,35,'184, 12,85, 10, 14, and clay in 2 localities and cement concrete in 2 locali 17,3 and 2 respectively. Other furniture includes meal ties. It may also be observed from the appendix that in safe, benches and cane tables. roof making, most popular material used was galvanised sheet followed by asbestos sheets, cement concrete Light, fuel and migration status and timber. The ceiling ofthe houses was generally pro vided by timber. Apart from timber and asbestos sheets, Appendix 39 of the annexure presents the data on tin was also used in construction of ceiling of the house. light and fuel by locality and migration status of the The doors and windows of the houses are generally households. It may be observed from this table that constructed of wood migrant households numbering 114, 30, 2 and 1 were found using wood, kerosene oil, coal and saw dust as Houses and households fuel respectively. The table further reveals that migrant households numbering 140 and 7 were found using Appendix 36 of the annexure presents the number electricity and kerosene oil for lighting purpose. The of households classified by number of members and analysis of non-migrant households shows that the nO.ot rooms occupied in the 200 sample households. households numbering 43 and 10 were found using fire The table reveals that the total population of 200 house wood and kerosene oil as fuel. All the 53 non-migrant holds was 1,292. consisting of 656 males and 636 households were found using eleCtricity for lighting their females. The 200 households which were covered under houses. No household of non-migrant was found using the survey had 534 rooms. The analysis of the table also kerosene oil etc. for lighting the houses. reveals that the number of households with 1 room was 59 covering a population of 279 persons. The number of Appendix 37 of the annexure presents the house households having 2 rooms facility was 60 covering a holds classified by locality, duration of stay and tenural population of 357 persons. The number of households status. It may be observed from this table that out of 23 with 3 rooms facility was 26 covering a population of 188 households in locality 1, 16 households were living in persons. The number of households with 4 rooms facility owned houses, 4 in rented houses and 3 in govt. allotted was 29 covering a population of 230 persons. The num houses. In locality 2, out of 27 households, 10 house ber of households with 5 rooms facility was 5 covering a holds were living in owned houses, 8 in rented and 9 in population of 230 persons. The number of households allotted houses. In localitythreeout of 43 households, 12 with 6 rooms facility was 15 covering a population 139 were residing in owned houses, 1 in rented house, 28 in persons. The number of households with 7 rooms facility allotted houses and 2 households were found on the was 3 with 32 persons. The number of households with encroachment area. In locality four, out of 17 house 8 rooms facility was 2 comprising of 15 persons. The holds, 10 were residing in owned houses, 4 in rented numberof households with 9 rooms facility was 1 having houses and 2 in altotted houses. In locality five out of 20 62 households, 13 were residing in owned houses, 7 in houses, 43 in allotted houses and 2 households WE rented houses and none was found in allotted houses In found living on encroached area. locality six, out of 20 households, 6 were residing in owned houses, 14 in rented houses and none was Luxury items residing in govt. accommodation. In locality seven, out of 13 households, 5 were found residing in owned Appendix 40 presents the data on luxury and COf houses, 8 in rented houses and none was residing in goods by locality which jnclude wrist watch, table clo< allotted houses. In locality eight, out of 11 households, radio, television, gramophone, tape recorder, frid! 5 were residing in owned houses, 6 in rented houses and scooter, sewing machine, telephone, lockers, trans none was found living in allotted houses. In locality nine, tor-tape two-in-one, wall clock and others includi out of 15 households, 10 were living in owned houses scooter and jeep. It may be observed that out of 2 and 5 were in rented housed. In locality ten, all 11 households, 22 households were found in possessior households were found residing in owned houses and luxu ry and costly goods. Altogether there were 160 WI none was found residing either in rented or allotted watches, 83 table clocks, 141 radiosttransistors. 5 te houses. As a whole out of 200 households, 98 house visions, 5 gramophones, 49 tape recorders, 11 fridg' holds were residing in owned houses, 57 in rented 6 scooters, 25 sewing machines, 1 telephone, 1 lock \ 5 two-in-one, 2 wall clocks, 2 cycles and 1 jeep. 63 CHAPTER X SLUMS, BLIGHTED AND OTHER AREAS WITH SUB-STANDARD LIVING CONDITIONS It has already been mentiorled in the earlier chap electricity is increaSing at a very rapid rate. Although the ters that the topography of Port Blair town is semi-hilly new generator sets are being installed every year by the with lush green vegetation throughout the city. Most of Electricity Department to meet the demand of consum the' houses/buildings are constructed on edges and ers but it has not been possible for the Department to slopes of hills. The slopy topography added with sandy match the supply of electricity with demand and there and graveflary conditions of the surface do not allow any fore load sheding is resorted to on rotation-wise basis in rain water to stagnate. However, the Mohanpura area the various localities of the town. where the Offices of the Municipal Board, Andaman & Lakshadweep Harbour Works and Electricity DepJrt The housing conditions in Port Blair are generally ment are situated, some rain water accumulates during good. Thp. houses are generally constructed by timber, high tide and stormy rain conditions. But the 12ccumu cement, AC sheets etc. However, the labour class also lated water goes out to the open sea within a few hours construct their houses by wood and thatched roof. Such as soon as low tide setsin. Similar situation' also prevails houses, of cou rse, are scattered to all over Port Blair in in Junglighat colony. general but mostly are concentrated in the Dairy Farm and Haddo localities where most of the labour class It is worth mentioning that there is no notified slum population is concentrated. area in Port Blair town. But slum like condition prevails in the ward number XI of Dairy Farm. Almost all the The law and order situation in the town is normally localities of Port Blair town have facility of potable water very good except a few incidents of crime, like theft, and electricity. Big and small roads, footpaths etc., are sucide and murders. With the increase in motor trans spread over in all the localities to facilitate the basic port traffic, the number of road accidents is on an amenities. The supply of water is generally by pipes increase. The amenities of park, recreation clubs and only. However, in case 01 break down, the drinking water cinema houses are also a~'ailable in the town. The is also supplied through water tankers by the Municipal market facilities are also good in the town. Almost in Board. Here it is also mentioned that due 10 shortage (.)f every ward of the town market facility is available. The water in relation to its demand, the supply 01 water is other important points which are worth mentioning here made area-wise for limited period only and water is not are that supply of essential items like kerosene oil and available throughout 24 hours. In order to mitigate the wheat is without any restriction. However, sometimes difficulties almost all the houses of the town have some when there is break down or shortage of ships plying permanent ortemporary arrangement to stock sufficient between mainland and island, the population of the town water at the time of water supply. The supply of electric face acute difficulties for supply of essential items like ity is also not equivalent to its demand. The town of Port onion, potato, vegetables, salt, match box etc., which Blair is a developing town and the demand for supply of are required daily. • Junglighat Colony 65 CHAPTER XI ORGANISATION OF POWER AND PRESTIGE Port Blair is not a town in the ordinary sense but it It may be observed from the above table that altha is the administrative seat of the Andaman & Nicobar three parties viz., Congress (I), CPI (M) and lok Oal Islands. Therefore, all the political parties have estab have th'eir influences in all the regions but the Congress lished their head-quarters in Port Blai( and run their (I) emerged as the most popular party followed by Lok organisational activities from here only. Amongst the Dal and C.PI (M) respectively: national political parties are Congress (I), Communist Party of India (Marxist), Janata Party, Communist Party There has been constant demand for democrati of India and Lok Oal. In the Lok Sabha general election sation of the administrative set up of the Union territory of 1984, three parties viz., Congress (I), CPI (M)andLok of A &N Islands. The importance of democracy in noway Oal participated had fielded their condidates. Apart from can be diluted. In view of this consideration, the govem- party candidates, three independent candidates also . ment provided a Pradesh Parishad Council of advisory participated in the election. However, the candidate of nature for this union territory on 20.6.1981. The total Congress (I) party, Shri Manoranjan Bhakt won the Lok strength of the members of the Pradesh Parishad Coun Sabha seat. and defeated the rivals. The following table cil is 30 of which 20 are from rural area, 5 from Port Blair XI.1 presents the voting preference of electorate by M.B. and 3 are nominated by the Administrator (It. important places/regions: Governor). The Pradesh Parishad Council in Chaired by the Lt. Govemor in the capacity of the administrator of Table XI.1 the UT Administration. The member of Parliament is Voting preference 01 electors in the Lok Sabha also a member of the Pradesh Parishad Council in ex election, 1984 officio capacity. Out of the 30 members of the Pradesh" Parishad Council 5 members are nominated and ap Region Number of valid votes secured by pointed as Counsellors by the Chairman Lt. Governor (Administrator) on the ~dvice of the party whose mem Congress (I) CPI (M) Lok Oal bers are in majority in the PPC. The election of the 1 2 3 4 members to Pradesh Parishad Council so far is indirect Port Blair 13,532 3,612 13,903 through Panchayat Pradhans. The Panchayat Pradhans .' who are elected by direct election system nominate F1errargunj 4,569 6,468 1,661 members from their area to the Pradesh Parishad Rangat 6,155 1,439 3,962 Council. Similarly 5 members to the Pradesh Parishad Mayabunder 2,888 722 2,247 Council are also nominated from the urban area of Port Oiglipur 5,485 1,013 1,074 Blair town out of the members of Municipal Board. Thus Little Andaman 2,288 873 825 the system for contesting direct election for the mem Car Nicobar 6,145 326 281 bers of the Pradesh Parishad Council has not been Nancowrie 3,127 562 584' introduced so far. Campbell Bay 929 878 428 Table XI.2 presented below contains the names of Total 47,017 11,086 27,873 the members of Pradesh Council, 1985. 66 Table XI.2 the PPC, the Schemes/Plans are considered to be tinal Members of Pradesh Council and executed. In their day to day Administration, the Lt. Governor is advised by the 5 Counsellors to whom 1. Oberoi, Administrator different departments have been allocated by the 2. Shri Mano Jan Bhakta, Member of the Administrator. At present the status of the five Counsel Hou of Per pIe representing the Union lors is that of Deputy Minister but so far executive Territory. powers have not been vested in them. 3. Shri Swaroop Lal, Chairman, Municipal Board, Port Blair. Municipal Board 4. Shri Nagen Haldar 5. Shri Kiran Ch~ndra Biswas The Port Blair Municipal Board was established on 6. Shri Rakhal Chandra Haldar 2nd October, 1957. Since ~s inception, the Municipal 7. Shri Hawey Board continues to be in the hands of Congress Pfirty 8. Shri Nallni Ranjan Mandai except the election of 1985 which was contested by 9. Shri Godwin Surin Congress in alliance with Andaman People Party and 10. Shri DuJal Chandra Roy Telugu Desham. In all there are 11 wards in the Munici 11. Shri A. P. Abdulla Kutty pal Board and therefore there are 11 elected members. 12. Shri RK. Chakraborty Apart from 11 ejected members, there are 3 nominated 13. Shri Ramendra Nath Nag members who are nominated by the Administrator. The 14. Shri Jag Narayan nomination is generally made taking into consideration 15. Shri Parithosh Kumar Haldar the advice of the party in majority. Table XJ.3 furnished 16. Shri David PK below presents the constitution of Municipal Board as n. Smt Jaya Prabha elected in 1985. 18. Shri Shal'lti Krishna R. 19. Shri Kandaswamy K. 20. Shri Veer:araghaveJu M. Table XI. 3 21. Shri. Sohaln Rangaiah 22. Shri Ebrahim Ali Hussain Members of MuniCipal Board Port Blair 23. S'hri Aberoleen Blair 24. Shri Martii'll Lengton Chairman: Shri Swaroop Lall 25. Shri R. Johnsmith Senior Vice 26. Shri Harry Saul Chairman: Dr. K.V.S. Rao 27. Shri Nishi Jeem Junior Vice 28. Shri lambolae Chairman: Shri P.K. David 29. Shri Ali Abbas ELECTED MEMBERS The remarkable feature of the Pradesh Parishad Council is that there is no opposition member in the 1. Shri M. Veeraraghavelu council. Ttle Congress (I) and Andaman People Party 2. Shri R. Shanti Krishna contested the election in alliance. All the members 3. Shri Jagdish Prashad except Shri K. Kandaswamy belonged to the Congress 4. Shri Ram Parmesh (I). The main task of the Pradesh Parish ad Council is to 5. Smt. Ratat Siddique consicil3r the Development/Plan Schemes and advise 6. Shri M. Sohan Rangaiah the Union territory Administration on the suitability or 7. Shri K. Kandaswamy otherwise of these schemes. After getting approval of 8. Shri K. Ganeshan 67 NOMINATED MEMBERS Employees Union, Municipal Board Employees Union, General Employees Union, Electricity Employees Un 1. Shri M.A. Rahman ion, and Animal Husbandry Employees Union have their 2. Shri G. Chandran affiliation with INTUC and Inter Island Sea Men Union, 3. Shri C.P. Francis WIMCO Workers Union have their affiliation with CTU. It is more or less a regular feature to show the power of It may be mentioned here- that out of 11 elected partieS/unions by taking out procession in the street of members, 1 belonged to Telugu Dehsam, 2 belonged to Port Blair. The various parties and Trade Unions have Andaman People Party and remaining 8 members be their lobies,in the Administra~ion and they are in position longed to Congress (I). Since the party in majority is to influence the decision of the Administration in running Congress (I), therefore, all the nominated members be the day to day administration. Thus, the Administration longed to Congress (I) party viz., S/Shr; M.A. Rehman, is not at full liberty to do every thing of its liking. President of Congress (I), Chandran and C.P. Francis·. Thus the anqlysis of foregoing paragraphs shows that The most important thing which is required to be the most popular party in these islands is Congress (I) mentioned here is that caste or religions do not play and other parties can stand only with the help of or much role in the political activities/powers in the town. alliance with the Congress Party. However, sometimes ethnic groups are iii a position to influence the political parties and Municipal BoardlPradesh Trade Unions Parishad Council to accept their reasonable demands. Thus, the Municipal Board and Pradesh Parishad Coun The role of Trade Unions in politics is very impor cil are also not fully free to act upon on its own. tant. The political leaders of each party are always interested to form Unions at least in big departmentsl Respectable and influencial pers~ns factories. As per list of Trade Unions in the Annexure, it may be observed that there are 54 Trade Unions in A & During the sample survey, an exercise was also N Islands. Most of these Unions were having their head· made to collect particulars of five most respectable and quarters in Port Blair. Thus the Port Blair used to serve influencial persons. The informants belonged to· all as the nerve centre of political activities. Out of these 54 ethnic groups and .edutated and uneducated persons. Unions, the affiliation of most of these could not be Table XI.4 presenfs the name, sex, religion and occupa known to any political parties. However, the major tion of the five most respectable persons of Port Blair. Unions viz., Marine Employees Union, Andaman WIMCO Table )(1.4 Particulars of five most respectable persons of the town s. No. Name of Person Sex Castel Education Occupation religion 1 2 3 4 5 6 1. Shri Soh an Rangaiah tA Hindu X Political Worker 2. Shri M.A. Rahman M Muslim X -do- 3. Shri M. R. Bhakta M Hindu M.A., LL.B. Political Worker (M.P.) 4. Shri Bhagat Singh M Hindu B.E. Supdt. Engineer (Electricity) I Raj Nivas Municipal Board (Indira Bhavan) • Pradesh Parishad Sadan • 68 Table XI.4 - Concld. 1 2 3 4 5 6 5. Shri Abdulla Kutty M Muslim Political Worker (Counsellor) According to information collected from 200 house territory for the last three -Lok Sablla elections. Shri holds, 5 most respectable persons are S/Shri Sohan Bhagat Singh is not only one of the senior most Engi Rangaiah, M.A. Rehman, M.R. Bhakta, A.P. Abdulla neering graduate belonging to local category of pre 1942 Kutty and Bhagat Singh. Shri Sohan Rangaiah is a ~ettlers but also\he Superintending Engineer of Electric veteran politician and belonged to Congress (I). H~ had ity Department. He resides in Junglighat Basti. Shri A.P. also functioned on many occasionS as the Chairman and Abdulla Kutty is also a veteran politician and belongs to Sr. Vice Chairman of Port Blair MunioipSI Soard. He Congress (I) party. He is Counsellor in the ppe since the belongs to the generation of pre 1942 settlers. Shri M.A. inception of the council in 1981. 6hri Kutty belongs to Rahman is also a politician from the 'generation of pre Moplas Gf KenUii departed to -Andamans in 1921. The 1942 settlers and is the President of the Congress (I). He Information (In five most influential persons was also is also a member of the PPC. Shri Rahman had also coiiected by way of sample enquiry. Table XI. 5 presents functioned as the Chairman of the Port Blair Municipal the names, sex, religion, education and occupation of Board. Shri M.R. Bhakta is also a very senior politician the five most influential persons of the town, Port Blair. and is continuing as the Lok Sabha Member from this Table XI.S Particulars of the five most InflUential persons of the town S.No. Name of the person Sex Castel Education Occupation religion 2 3 4 5 6 Shri Swarup Lal M Hindu X Political Worker 2 Shri R. Shanti Krishna M Hindu XI Political Worker (Counsellor) 3 Shri Angad Singh M Hindu XI Political Worker 4 Shri Nagen Halder M Hindu XI Political Worker 5 Shr; NaUni Ranjan Mandai M Hindu XI Political Worker (Counsellor) As per result of the enquiry. five most influential also a retired Govt. servant and entered into politics persons as returned are S/Shri Swarup Lall, R. Shanti subsequently. Shri Shanti Krishna also belongs to th.e descendants of pre 1942 settlers and at present IS Krishna, Nagen Haldar, NaNni Ranjan Mandai and Angad serving as the Counsellor of Pradesh Coun~il: Shri Singh. All these persohs belong to political cadre. Shri Angad Singh was businessman but turned to politiCS. At swarup Lal! is a retired Controller of Labour Force who present he is President of Janata Party. SIShri Nagen entered into politics after retirement. He is descendant Halder and Nalini Ranjan Mandai belong to the refugees of the pre 1942 settlers and at present serving as the of erstwhile East Pakistan and settled in Middle and Chairman of Port Blair Municipal Board and also the North Andamans. At present they are serving as Coun member of Pradesh Coulncil. Shri R. Shanti Krishna is sellors to Pradesh Council. 69 CHAPTER XII LEISURE, RECREATiON, SOCIAL PARTICIPATION, SOCIAL AWARENESS, RELIGION AND' CRIME Cultural and recreational centres Church in Oairy Farm, Orthodox Syryn Church behind Syndicate Bank Building, Yuva Shakti Church in Sadipur There are immense of cultural and religious activi etc, There are 3 GUiUdwaras viz., Police Gurudwara in ties in the town. Almost all the ethnic groups as well as Aberdeen Bazar, Dr. Diwan Singh Gurudwara near religious groups have their own Qlaces of worship viz., Hindi Sahithya Kala Parishad Building and MES Gu temples, mosques, churches, pogoda and gurudwaras rudwara in MES area. The number of Buddhists in Port besides their centres of cultural activities. As already Blair of course is only 65, still they are maintaining one mentioned in earlier chapters, in Port Blair, peop!a from good Pagoda in Pongi Chiang area almost all states of the Indian Union reside peacefully with full harmony and at the same time maimaining their It is worth mentioning here that in Supply Line area cultural identity separately. of Port Blair, Police Mosque, Temple and Gurudwara were constructed side by side in British days. The Temples, Mosques, Churches, devotees of all the three religions go there to offer their Gurudwaras etc. prayer but so far there has been no incidence of any religious intolerance. In Port Blair there are more than 35 Hindu temples, some of the important tempies are Radha Krishna Parks, zoological garden and playgrounds Temple and Radha Gollind Temple at Radha Govind Temple Road; lord Shiva temple in South Point; Police The most popular and important park in Port Blair temple, laxmi Narayan Temple, Vinayaka Temple in as well as in whole of A & N Islands located neffr Aberdeen Bazar; lord Rama Temple in Aberdeen Basti; Aberdeen Jetty is called Marina Park. This park is well Lord Rama Temple in Kumarakheti, Ayyappa Temples maintained and provides good facilities to'pass leisure in Buniyadabad and MES areas; Lord Rama Temple in time in ihe morning and evening of thtl day. Since the Haddo; Lord Shiva Temple in Delanipur; Sita Rama park is located by the side of sea shOrE!; one can enjoy Temple, Krishna Temple, Vinayaka and Eswar Temples not only the scenic beauty of Ross Island and North Bay in Dairy Farm; Balmiki Temple in Prem Nagar, Padam from here but also can enjoy the peasing incoming Prival Temple, Police line etc. Similarly there are about breez. Apart from this park, there are other small parks 7 mosques in Port Blair town-more popular of them are which have come up/comming up in the residential Police Mazjid in Aberdeen Bazaar; Jama Ma2jid in areas of Port Blair in Delanipur and Junglighat. Sports Aberdeen Basti; Jungligilat Mazjid in Junglighat and 2 activities in Port Blair are also very popular. Almost all Mazjids in Delanipur Basti. The Bahai have also th~ir the schools located in Port Blair except Model School Mazjid in Phoenix Bay, the Christian community has 12 and Aberdeen School which are located in the heart of churches for different sects of Christians. In'tportant of the City, have big or small play grounds. The most them are Roman Catholic Church in Phoenix Bay, important play ground in Port Blair town lies to the South Ceylon Pendicost Church in Phoenix Bay, Church of of Marina Park called Gymkhana Ground, This play North India in Phoenix Bay, Marthoma Church in Phoe ground has been rebuilt and renamed as Netaji Stadium. nix Bay, Indian Pendicoastal Church also in Phoenix The play ground at present is equipped with all the Bay. Methodists Church in Goalghar, 7 Day Mission modern facilities of sports. Apart from this play ground, 70 there are play grounds in Girls School, Kendriya Vidyalaya, a very important role to provide homely atmosphere to Mohanpura Tamil Medium School, Boys School, Jun the persons who throughout the day exhaust their glighat School and Jawaharlal Nehru Degree College. energies in offices/factories. The homely atmosphere Other Schoo!s viL., Rabindra Bangia Vidyalaya Haddo and recreation restore their energies. The institutions School, etc., of course do not have big playgrounds but are also very helpful to maintain the attitude of co small one sufficient to play games like badminton, table existence in persons of different walks of life. The instu tennis, basket balls and volley balls etc. It is worth men tutions also enable ethnic groups to invite the VIPs, Phi tioning here that the Raj Niwas where the Lt. Governor losophers and religious heads and to hear and learn resides has the oldesttennis court. The Netaji clubwhich from them. is situated in the heart cf the city is also provided with facility of a quite big play gr?und. Small play ground Cinema houses, television and radio sufficient to play gam1as like basket ball, tennis and . In Port Blair there are 3 big cinema houses viz., badminton are also available in the buildings of Munici Mount Batten Talkies, Lighthouse Talkies and Ananda pal Board Office, Hindi Sahitya Kala Parishad, Kerala Paradise Talkies. The oldest talkies is Mount Batten Samajam, Tamizhar Sangam etc. The facility to play which has 60 balcony seats, 98 first class seats, 138 indoor games like badminton and table tennis etc., is second class seats, 91 third class seats and 7B .seats of available in the Secretariat building, YMCA building, Atul other class. The second oldest cinema house the light Smrity Samity, Hindi Sahitya Kala Parishad, Tamizhar house talkies which has 203 balcony seats, 377 first Sang.am and Kerala Samajam. The town has also a mini class seats, 232 second class seats and 83 third class Zoological Garden in Haddo area and maintained by seats. Both the talkies are located in the heart of the city. Forest Department. The animals and birds' housed The Anand Paradise talkies has been constructed re therein provide good source of entertainments to the cently in School Line, i.e., the southern most point of visitors. Port Blair has 302 balcony seats, 402 first class seats, 215 second class seats and 167 third class seats. These Town hall and clubs talkies serve a very useful purpose to provide entertain Port Blair town has many a recreation clubs and ment facility to thousands of people daily. In cinema halls.The most modern hall is coming up in the new houses, movies of different languages are exhibited to office building of municipal board. Other cultural asso satisfy the viewers to see the mov.Les of their own taste, ciations and clubs viz., Secretariat Recreation Club, culture and mother tongue. Table XII.1 presented blow YMCA centre, Hindi Sahitya Kala Parishad, Andhra gives the language-wise number of movies exhibited in Association, Maharashtra Mandai, Kannada Sangam, different talkies in Port Blair. Kerala Samajam, Tamizhar Sangam, Netaji Club etc., provide a lot of materials to satisfy the cultural thrust and Table XII.1 ego of the various ethnic groups residing in Port Blair. Films exhibited in cinema houses in Port Blair Almost all the clubs/institutions mentioned above have Language of Film Films shown their own libraries having collection of number of books during 1981 on different subjects in many a languages like Hindi,. English, Bengali, Malayalam, Telugu, Tamil, Marathi Hindi/Hindustani 78 etc., to satisfy the requirement of not only the knowl English 6 edgeable persons but also the common man. People in Bengali 5 Port Blair town are very fond of .clubs, libraries and Tamil 38 cultural activities. Generally the evenings are spent by Telugu 11 different ethnic groups in their respective institutions Malayalam 4 alongwith their fellow members. These institutions play Total 142 Radha Govind Temple .. Jama Mazjid Murugan Temple Radha Krishna Temple Gurdwara Dr. Diwan Singh R.C. Church Hindi Sahitya Kala Parishad Marina Park Corbyn's Cove Kerala Samajam Tamishar Sangam • Maharastra Mandai Kannada Sangam At I Smriti Samity • Andhra Association Hall Netaji Stadium 71 Apart from these cinema houses, the net work of rium, Fisheries Museum, Haddo Zoological Garden and television and All India Radio also serve a very useful Marina Park etc. There is continuous visitors stream to purposeto provide not only recreationtothe viewers and Cellular Jail where our great freedom fighters were listners but also update them with the happenings in the lodged during their struggle for freedom with the British country and in their own area. The Akashvani program Regime. Now visitors from all parts of the country come mes start right from 6 A.M. in the morning shift. The hare and pay their respect and regards to all those who second shift starts from12.30 noon and continues upto served or sacrificed their lives here. The visitors feel 2.20 P.M. The third shift starts from 4 P.M. and contin thrilled to know the circumstances in which they served ues late in the night till around 10 P.M. daily. However, their whole term of imprisonment here. The Ross Island the timings of relay are adjustable according to the and Viper Island preserve the monument of British requirement from the main station of Akashvani or local Regime. Ross island which is 2 km from Port Blair demand. In town there exists a low power Doordarshan through sea route is situated north east from Port Blair relay centre. In Port Blair all the programmes covered was the capital seat of the Administration during British under national programmes are relayed in 3 shifts viz., time. Similarly the Viper island which is hardly 1 km be morning, noon and i" the evening. The induction of relay sea route from Port Blair was used as a centre to keep of TV Centre serves a very good purpose to provide the convicts brought in before the construction of Cellu recreation and knowledge about happenings of the lar Jail. The Corbyn's Cove provides one of the best sea world around in general and ill India in particular. Now in beaches in A & N Islands. This is situated on the south Port Blair people do not feel the problem of isolation and east bank of Port Blair town. Apart from above places, passing the leisure time. The relay of Doordarshan Anthropological Museum, cottage Industries Emporium programme was commenced on 21 s1 November in the and Fisheries Museum also attract visitors from the year 1982 a1the time of Asiad. It may not be out of place mainland. to mention here that this brought a sort of revolution in the way of life of the people of 1his far flung town of Port News papers Blair. The news papers serve a very u~ful purpose of Places of tourist interests not only for passing time but also enriching the knowl edge. The people of Port Blair are very much conscious In and around Port Blair there are many places ot on this point. At present in Port Blair a number of news tourist interests where persons can go and enjoy not papers are published in English, Hindi, Tamil, Telu9u only the present mcmen1s but also the past events. and Bengali languages. Table XI1.2 given below pres Some of them are Cellular Jail (a National Memorial), ents the list of dailies and weeklies, fortnight lies and Sahidvedi. Rm,s Island, Viper Island, Corbyn's Cove, monthlies published from Port Blair alongwith their lan Anthropological Museum, Cottage Industries Empo- guage. Table XII.2 News papers published in A & N Islands Name of the News paper Periodicity Language 2 3 The Daily Telegrams Daily English Dweep Samachar Daily Hindi Andaman Times Weekly English Light of Andaman Weekly English 72 Table XII.2 - Concld, 2 3 Thee Paravat1um Weekly Tamil Andaman Express Weekly Tamil Andaman Alai Weekly Tamil Andaman Herald Fortnightly English Dweep Vani Fortnightly Bengali Andaman Wave Weekly English Andaman Chaithi Weekly Tamil Dweep Manthan Weekly Hindi Dweep Katha Weekly Hindi Information Bulletin Fortnightly English People Cn.:sade Weekly English Andaman Marasu Weekly Tami,. Anrdman Dhiravida Mani Weekly Tamil Andaman Joythi Weekly Telugu Telugu Hathnam Weekly Telugu Andaman Karmachari Monthly English Andaman Kural Weekly Tamil Andaman Elangar Kuralaken Weekly Tamil Tamil Gandipabam Weekly Tamil A & N Islands Sun Times Weekly Tamil From the above table it can be seen that the thelocal news papers, table XI1.3 below presents the maximumnumber of papers are published in TaMil fol names and number of the mainland's news papers lowed by English, !-lindi, Bengali and Telugu. Apart from received here Table XII.3 News papers received from mainland SI.No. Name of the news paper Language No. of copies 1 2 3 4 1. Dhina Mani Tamil 120 2. Indian Express English 270 3. Dhina Malar Tamil 50 4. Malai Murasu Tamil 25 5. Kerala Kaumudi Malayalam 30 6. Malayala Manorama Malayalam 75 7. Mathru Shoomi Malayalam 75 8. Statesman English 85 9. Hindustan Times English 90 10. Times of India Englisl" 80 11. Nav Sharat Times Hindi 75 73 Table XI1.3 - Concld. 1 2 3 4 12. Hinclustan Hindi 20 13. Hindu English 265 14. Economic Times English 23 15. Telegraph English 175 16. Amrith-Bazaar Pathrika English 35 17. Anand Bazaar Pathrika Bengali 180 18. Aaz Kal Bengali 3 19. Dhina Thandi Tamil 60 20. Oainik Viswa Mitra Hindi 3 / 21. Vishwa Mitra HiMi 45 22. Jugantar B$ng&ii 40 23. Dhinakaran Tamil 100 24. Eenadu Telugu 30 The above new papers are brought from different generally res~lts in committing crimes. Port Blair is not states of mainland to sl;ltisfy the needs of the people of an exception to the happening of crimes of different different states. types. In Port Blair, the crimes of the nature like murder, robbery, forgery, theft, rape, kidnapping and abduction, Crimes rash driving, cheating, excise offences, gambling and Though, as we have seen that plenty of recrea other types of crimes are reported. Table XI1.4 presents tional facilities are available in Port Blair still some the incidence of crimes during 1988 in Municipal area of perSons remain unsatisfied and this sort of disatisfaction Port Blair. Table XII.4 Crime statement 01 cognizable cases registered in Municipal area during the year 1988 SI.No. Crime head Reported 123 1. Murde 2 2. Robbery 5 3. Burglary 56 4. Thefts 89 5. Rioting 15 6. Rape 7. Kidnapping and Abduction 2 8. Rash or negligent Act causing death or grievous hurts 85 9. Cheating 1 10. Miscellaneous IPC cases 203 11. A & N Islands Protection of Aboriginal Tribes Regulation 74 Table XII.4 - Concld. 2 3 12. A & N Islands Excise Regulation 375 13. Motor Vehicles Act 14 14. Essential COlTlmodities Act 3 15. Foreigners Act 16. Gambling Regulation 8 17. 34 Police Act 73 18. Other Local and Special Law 5 Total 936 The following table XI1.5 presents are prison popu Under this programme one District Family Welfare Unit lation during 1984 and 1988. is functioning to cater the needs of whole territory. The famil\! welfare se:vices are rendered through hospitals, Table XII.5 primary health centres and SUb-centres. The main ac Prison Population tivities unc1er the programme are stflrilisation. IUC inser lion, distribution of conventional contraceotives, MTP Particulars A.s_Qo_j.ili.!.aDJJaIY_ services, immunisation activities, ante-natal, intra-natal and post-natal services and mass media activities. 1984 1988 Table Xil.6 rresents a look ofworkrloneduring 1987-88 1 2 3 with regard to family welfare programme in thIS territory: District Jail 1 Prison Population 51 81 Table XI1.6 (a) Men 49 80 Achievement in family welfare programm8s during (b) Women 2 1 1987-88 Prisoners under 21 SI.No. Name of programme Achievement years of age 24 2 (No.) . Prisoner awaiting trial 41 42 2 3 Sterilisation 1,522 It may be seen from the above table that in A & N 2. IUD insertion 1,227 Islands the prison population is on decline. The admini 3. OP Users 290 stration is very much conscious on this point and are 4. CC Users 977 taking all sorts of steps to cu rYe the happening of crimes 5 .. TT for pregnant mothers by penalty or by educating the persons against these 3,536 6. Prevention of nutritional anaemia 10,385 crimes. Theconvict population in jail also is provided with (mother) recreational facility like radio, news papers and maga 7. Prevention of nutritional anaemia 11,123 zines etc. (children) Family welfare and social welfare program 8. Vit. A solution 6,697 mes A voluntary organisation namely the Family Plan The onus of implementing the family welfare pro ning Association of India also supplements the family grammes rests with the Department of Health Services. welfare activities at Port Blair. Table XII.7 presents the 75 survey data of 200 households relating to knowledge about family planning measures by education and reli gion. Table XII.7 Knowledge about family planning mt3asures as related to education and religion of important SI.No. Religion Education Number aware of Illiterate Upto Above Pb:';Sibility Family Malric Matric oi preven- planning tion of birth measures 2 3 4 5 6 7 1. Hindus 31 80 11 111 110 2. Muslims 10 41 2 49 48 3. Christians 8 9 3 16 16 4. Sikhs 4 4 4 5. Buddhists 1 AI! Religions 49 135 16 180 ;78 It may be observed from the above table that out be inferred that family planning is popular in all the of 180 households having knowledge/awareness of the religions and amongst all people irrespective of their family planning measures 11 i were Hindus, 49 Mus education. lims, 16 Christians and 4 Sikhs. Similarly out of 178 users of family planning measures 110 were Hindus, 48 Table XII.8 presents the survey data on desirable. Muslims, 16 Christians and 4 Sikhs. Thus it can veryweli number of children by religion and education. Table Xii.S Desirable number of children as reported by informants by religion and education 81. Religion Education level Total Number as reported desirable No. number Two Three Four Five Six Any Others child- child- child- child- child- number ren ren len ren ren 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1. Hindus Illiterate 30 7 18 3 7 Upto Matric 81 25 38 7 3 2 Above Matric ii 7 4 Total 122 39 60 10 3 2 7 76 Tabie XII.S -Concld. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2. Muslims Illiterate 10 3 3 3 4 Upto Matric 41 14 14 7 1 2 Above Matric 2 1 Total 53 17 18 10 6 3. Christians Illiterate 8 2 2 1 3 Upto Matric 9 1 6 Above Matric 3 4 1 Total 20 5 8 3 3 4. Sikhs Illiterate Upto Matric 5 3 1 Above Matric Total \ 5· 3 1 The survey data present a very interesting facl that desirable by majority of heads of household of all the the norm of two or three children was considered most reiigions. 77 CHAPTER XIII LINKAGE AND CONTINUA Brief history and g('Ography process of settlement in A & N Islands continued even after Independence in 1947. The displaced persons of The Union terr~ory of A & N Islands is a cluster of East Berogal were brought to A & N Islands for rehabili over 500 islands and islets spread over a length of 700 tation. These refugees have generally been settled in Kms from North to South. The modern history of A & N North and Middle Andamans and of course some of Islands commences with the history of penal settlement them in Neil, Havelock and Little Andamand islands, which commenced by landing at Chatham island in which fall in South Andaman group of Islands and were 1789. The first settlement took place during the years settled in Great Nicobar islands, the farthermost island 1789-96 but due to unsuitabilny of t~ climate ~ was of this territory as well as that of India. abandoned and the population of the settlement was transferred to mainland of India and Burma. Prior to 31 st July 1974, the union territory of A & N Island constituted a single district territory with adminis Second settlement trative headquarters at Port Blair. However, on 1st August 1974, the Union territory was bifurcated into two In view of first Independence War in 1857, the districts viz., districts of Andaman & Nicobar. At present Govt. of British India was compelled to think about a the territory has two district, 4 sub-divisions and seven penal settlement on a far flung and remote place which tehsils. The Por.t Blair town is located in the district of aHOgether should not have any commu nication/connec Andamans which has two sub-divisions viz., South tion with the mainland of India. On 20 November, 1857, Andaman and North & Middle Andan'lan and 5 tehsils, the Govt. of India appointed a commitf.ee with a view to viz., Diglipur, Mayabunder, Rangat, Port Blair and Fer selection of site for the proposed penal settlement in the rargunj. Port Blair town is located in Port Blair tehsil. first instance for mutineers. deserters and rebels sen tenced to transportation of life imprisonment. The com According to 1981 Census, the population of mittee recommended the territory of A & N Islands as the Andamansdistrict was 158,287 registering a growth rate most suitable place for the penal settlement. In 1858, of 69.35% over the population of 1971 Census. The first batch Of 200 freedom fighters alongwith supporting density of population in this district in 1981 was 25 necessary staff of guards landed at Chatham island and person per sq.km compared to 23 persons in the whole the harbour was named atter Lt. Blair who surveyed this of territory. The sex ratio in Andamans district was 750 area in 1798. The settlement was established at two against 760 in the Union territory as a whole. The reason places simultaneously first at Chatham island for the for low rate of sex ratio in Andamans district is hat workers and mutineers and second at Ross island for the majority of the persons serving in various capacities Administrative staff which is not only a close place to either in A & N Administration or in central Govt. estab Chatham island but also located on the mouth of the lishment come over to port Blair singly leaving their harbour and serves as a watch post. families behind on the mainland. The urban population of Port Blair town was 49,634 in 1981 compriSing of The process of bringing mutineers and dreaded 28,860 males and 20,774 females. Further the number criminals continued till 1945 when a decision was taken of main workers in the district of Andamans was 53,186 to disband the perial settlement in A & N Islands. The comprising of 50,171 males and ~,015 females. The 78 number of marginal workers which was recorded forthe and Calcutta. Port Blair is also linked by IA 737 Boeing first time in 1981 Census was 3,824 comprising of i ,287 service with Calcutta and Madras. The lA is operating 4 males and 2,537 females. The number os non-workers flight a week trom Calcutta and 4 flight a week from in the district of Andamans was 10; ,2T1 comprising of Madras. The town of Port Biair as well as the near by 38,988 males and 62,2891emales. The main wOi"'King area is increasingly attracti!lg tourists. In 1980-81 the force of Andamans district comprises 01 other workers. number of foreign tourists landed in Port Blair was 845. The number of other workers was 40,594 against 9,956 The number of foreign tourists increased to 2,711 in Cultivators, 2,271 Agricultural labourers and 365 en 1986-87. Similarly, the number of domestic tourists gaged in household industries. which landed in Port Blair was 8,835 in 1981 and increased to 31 ,591 in 1987. All the tourists coming to A The population of Port Blairtehsil in 1981 Census & N Islands at first land in Port Blair and therefore this was 76,329 of which 49.634 persons were residing in situation is bouncftQ boost the tourism industry in Port Port Blair town only. The growth rate of population of Blair. In order to cope with the increasing number of Port Blairtehsilwas worked out "79.55% against 69.35% tourists whether domestic or foreigners, tourism indus growth rate forthe district of Andamans. The area of Port try has developed at a very fast (ate. As a result, a Blair tehsil is 2,021 Sq. Km. against the area of 6,408 number of hotels and lodges have come up in Port Blair Sq.Km. of district of Andamans. Thesex ratio of Port to provide lodging and boarding facilities to the tourists. Blair tehsil in 1981 was worked outto 708 against the The important hotels in the town are Bay Island Hotel, sex ratio of 750 in district of Andamans. Asiana Hotel, Beach Resort Hotel, International Hotel, Shompen Hotel Dhana Laxmi Hotel and many others After the attainment of lndependen.-:e in i947 a lot lodges in private sector, In addition, Youth Hostel, of development as well as social changes have taken Tourism Home, Nicobari Hut and Megapod Nest are run place in Port Blair as well as in district of Andamans. But by A & N Administration. The Tourist-Departm(;lDtofA& in so far as urbanisatio'" is concerned, in whoieterrilory, N Administration is conducting regular tours tor t~e Port Blair is the only town and no other villages either in benefits of tourists coming to A & N Islands through district Qf Andamans or in Nicobars district qualilied to be special bus services and ferries. The control'of ferries declared as town. But it does not mean that the facilities rests in the hands of Marine Department. like schooling, medir.al, roads, electricity, potable, wa ter, transport and communication etc., are limited to Port As a result of developmental activities in diverse Blairtown only. In almost all the main villages, the above directions, the motor transport system has also been facilities exist in one form or another. A trunk road from strengthened. The number of buses which also been Port Blair in South Andaman to Diglipur in North An strengthened. The number of buses which waS 94 in daman is almost nearing completion. The construction '1980-81 increased 10 172 in 1986-87, tile number of of the trunk road will prove a boon to the villagers of the taxies increased from 90 in 1981-82 to 123 in 1986-87, area through which it passes. it will not only provide and the number of scooters and motor cycles increased transport and communication facility but also the facili from 1348 in 1981-82to 2297 in 1986-87. It may further ties of transporting local produce and marketing at Port be mentioned that out of 2297 scooters/motor cyc"les, Blair at a dear rate in short time at iess transportation 2124 were in district of Andamans. Similarly out of 172 cost. buses in 1981-82, 161 buses were in district of An damans. The reasons for concentration of vehicles in Linkage and passenger traffic Andamans being that firstly it has the only town in whole territory which provides sufficient length and number of The town of Port Blair is linked by sea route to not roads. Secondly all the tourists and others at first land in only the barbarous in A & N Islands but also to the Port Blair and therefore the requirementottransport also harbours of mainland viz., Madras, Vishakhapamam increased to cater their needs. Thirdly almost all the Haddo Jetty Marine Jetty 79 important tourists spots lies in and around Port Blair and and telegraphic commu nications. At present Port Blair is to visit them the means of t.ransport are required. There not only having telegraphic facility but also STO tele fore, these are the reasons behind in the concentration phone facility. of scooters. taxies, buses etc., inand around Port Blair i.e., District of Andamans. Thus we have seen that Port Blair is commercially, socially, educationally and physiologically linked with If we throw light on the passenger traffic in Port mainland through three important sea ports viz., Cal Blair we will notice that five passenger·Q.lfn-cargo-ship cutta, Vishakhapatnam and Madras. viz., M.V., Andamans, M.V. HarshavaRllana... tV. Akbar and M. V. Najd II and III are plying between the sea ports Visit to rural areas and Port Blair-CaJcutta,· Port Blair-Vishakhapatnam .. and Port Blair-Madras sectors. The number of passen In the following paragraphs we will discuss the gers by sea routes disembarked during 1981·82 was survey data relating to frequency and purpose of visits 40,478 which increased to 56,810 in 1986-87. Similarly by the members of selected households to rural areas. the import of vf!rious commodities by sea cargo in· Appendix 47 presents the purpose of visit to rural areas creased from 45,735 (Own in 1981-82 to 81,426 (in by members of the selected households alongwith local DWT) in 1985-86. During the same period the export ity and distance. It may be observed from the data that decreased from 69,815 (in Own in 1981-82 to 63,610 out of 200 households, the members of 99 households (in OWT) in 1985-86. The town is also linked with various visited the rural areas. Out of 99 households, the members inter-islands ports ofthis territory. The passenger traffic of 69 visited to meet relatives, 14 visited to meet friends, from Port Blair to Baratang, Kadamtala, Long island, 1 visited for social work, 2 visited for marriage purpose, Neil island, Havelock island, Strait island, elphoinsten 1 visited for picnic, 8 visited to meet the parents, 1 visited Harbour, Rangat, Teressa, KonduJ Pulomillo, choura. for purchase and 3 visited for other purposes like to see Mayabunder, Diglipur, Hut Bay, Car Nicobar, Katchall, property, reunion with friends. The locality wise analysis Kamorta and Campbell Bay was recorded as 19,411, shows that the highest number of households visiting 19,977,7,506,16,723,53,367,208,168,33,510,1,782, the rural area were found in Haddo locality and lowest in 118,199,17,143,24,342.26,027,17,937,8,826,10,568 Aberdeen Bazaar. Appendix 48 presents data on fre and 15,258 persons resoectively in 1986-87. The Cargo quency of visit to rural areas by members of households traffic by Foreshore/Harbour Ferry Service to all the classified by locality and distance of places visited. It above ports except Choura during 1986-87 was re may be observed from the data that the visit of the corded as 1,526, 1,010, 684, 1,709,2,264, 5, 5,526,4, members of urban households to rural areas is quite 3,37,3.033,2,845,2,070,3,130,653,720 and 2,872 frequent. Out of 99 households whose members visited tons respectively. The air tr8ftic between Port Blair the rural areas, 18 visited once, 37 visited twice, 17 Calcutta and Calcutta-Port Blair increased from 15,705 visited thrice, 3 visited four times, 24 visited five or more passengers in 1981-82 to 25,469 passengers in 1986· times. Thus it can very well be inferred from the above 87. The freight (in Kg) increased from 143,645 in 198.1- analysis that there is close contact between the house 8210392,677 in 1986-87 and the mail (in Kg) increased holds or I;Jrban area and rural areas. tram 61,089 in 1981-82 to 67,482 in 1986-87. Similarly, 'the air traffic between Port Blair-Madras and vice-versa Inthe survey, enquiry was also conducted to know increased in terms of passengers and cargo and mails the frequency of visit to rural areas by members by from 2,915 persons, 201,174 Kgs and 217 Kgs respec migrational status with reference to place of last resi tively in 1981-82 to 26,672 persons, 341,774 Kgs and dence of head of household and category of places 31,391 Kgs respectively in 1986-87. As already stated visited. The survey data reveals that the households earlier, the Port Blair town in not only linked with main with non-migrant status as well as with migrant status land by sea and air routes but also through telephone are viSiting rural areas of district of Andamans more 1re- 80 quently compared to rural area of district of Nicobars. are located in Port Blair town only. These establish The survey data revealed that the households witt. mi ments provide a good scope for employment and mar grant status in Port Blair hail from same district of An keting. Thus one can very well observe that the persons damans and second district of Nicobars apart from Tamil from villages named above are more or less coming Nadu, West! Bengal, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, daily to attend their duties in various offices at Port Blair Kerala, Andhra Pradesh, Assam, Uttar Pradesh and and for marketing purpose as well. The buses coming Burma. The purpose of visit was reported such as social from rural are to Port Blairtown may be seen fully loaoed work, to meet parents, marriage, to look after property, with office goars and with vegetables and milk canes. to meet friends, transfer and posting, picnics and pur The milk which is produced in the rural areas is regularly chase of household requirements. brought by villagers to Port Blair. Similarly fruits and vegetables which are grown in rural area are brought Effect of urbanisation on nearby villages daily to Port Blair town through buses and ferries which provide good marketing facilities for these prodl,lcts. Port Blair is directly affecting the daily life of the Bambooflat, Dundas Point, Ferrargunj, Kanyapuram, villages in its neighbourhood. The sign of urbanisation Stewartgunj, etc., are connected both by ferry service can be observed in all the village~ which are in the and by road transport. The economic development of periphery of the town. Some of the important villages are these villages has resulted in the urbanisation of habits. pahargoan, Protherapore, Birchguni, Austinabad, 001- The villages are in possession 01 T.V., Transistor and Iygunj, Garacharma, Bambooflat. Beadnabad, Mhhakhari, Scooters etc. ladies prefer to wear blouse and saries Dundas Point, Wmberlygunj, Stewartgunj, Kanyapuram whereas men wear pant, shirts and bush-shirts. Parents and School Line. As already mentioned that most of the have also become conscious to send their wards to 6ffices and industrial and commercial establishments schools and nursary classes. 81 CHAPTER XIV CONCLUSION Port Blair, the only town in Andaman and Nicobar Islands is situated along the east coast of South An The Port Blair Municipal Board was constituted on daman Island, lying at a distance of 1,255 km from Cal 2nd October, 1957 and first elected board assumed cutta, 1190 km from Madras, 1,200 km from Vishakhapat office on 26.4.58 under the Chairmanship of Deputy nam and 360 km from Rangoon, the capital town of Commissioner in ex-officio capacity. In 19~ the provi Burma. The climate of the town has been described as sion of ex-officio Chairman was dropped. As a result of tropical but the sea breezes blowing in from the sur this change, on 2nd May, 1983 Shri Sohan Rangaiah rounding sea make it pleasant. The town is frequently joined the Port Blair Municipal80ard as the first elected disturbed by storms and cyclones during South-West Chairman alongwith iWO Vice-Chairman. and North-East Monsoons. The extreme of summer and_ winter are not exoerienced in the town. Port Blair is not only a mere town but also the ad ministrative seat of the Union territory of A & N Islands. The present site of Port Blair was once the home All the administrative, judicial and defence etc., head of two major viz., Andamanese and Jarawas. Though quarters are located in Port Blair. Apart from offices, Port Blair town was formed in1951 only but its history almost all the industrial units are also located in or dates back to September 1789 when Lt. Archibald Blair around it. These two factors togetherprovide vast scope occupied the Chatham island which at present forms the of employment and business. The tourism industry is part of Port Blair Municipal Area. The settlement in the also flourishing well as Port Blair is the main landing Chatham island was closed down for reason of bad point of all migrants eitherfrom sea or air routes. The climate etc. in August, 1791 but was again occupied in concentration of educational institutions in Port Blair has March, 1858. The harbour and place was named after also added feather in its cap. Port Blair has become a Lt. Blair to honour the Great Surveyor of Royal British colourful town with almost all amenities of modern life Navy viz., educational, recreational and cultural. In the night, the city gives a look of decorated city with varieties of Port Blair town came into being for the first time in street lights. Full illuminated ships in the harbour also· 1951 with a population of 7,789 persons. The population make Port Blair charming and provide a poetic view. of the town increased very rapidly from 7,789 persons in 1951 to 14,075 in 1961,26,218 in 1971 and 49,634 in In Port Blair the followers of all the major six 1981 and registered a growth rate of 80.70%,86.27% religious viz., Hindus, Muslims, Christians, Sikhs, Bud and 89.31 % respectively. The high growth rate of popu dhists and Jains are returned in 1981 Census. The lation was mainly because of migration of persons from beauty of the town is that it has never experienced any the mainland to this place. The sex ratio in the town in communal violence. The persons of all1he ethnic groups 1951 was very low i.e., 545 only but increased to 720 in live in complete harmony giving full respect and regards 1981. This is the result of the changed attitude of per to religious sentiments of each other. The religious fes sons to bring theirfamilies also while coming overto Port tivals present a novel example brotherhood amongst the Blair from the mainland. The area of the town also different religious and ethnic communities. The place is increased from 7.87 sq.km in 1951 to 14.1~ sq.km in very rightly called Mini India. 1981. The sample study of the households shows that 82 most of the households in the town present a nuclear all the political parties and Unions to establish their head type of family structure consisting of husband, wife and offices. All national parties like Congress (I), Congress children. The town of Port Blair may be-ealled as service (5), BJP, J~nta Oal, Janta Party, OMK, AOMK and CPI cum-business class town. The main dominant materials (M) have their head offices in Port Blair. So far no locaV used in the construction of buildings are wood, cemont, regional politicql party has been formed in this territory. sand, stone and sheet. The buildings in the town are Till now Congress(l) continues to dominate the political generally double story made of Wood, sheets and ce scene. The Andaman & Nicobar Islands constitute a ment and present a picturesque view. There is no single member parliamentary constituency, which has notified slum area in the town. The facilities of potable always been represented by the Congress (I) MP. Simi water and electricity are available throughout the town. larly, the Pradesh Council and Gram Panchayat are also dominated by the Congress (I). The Municipal Board is functioning in Port Blair town since 1958 and has celebrated its silver jubilee in The territory of A & N Islands has no road link with 1983. The political parties contest elections with full any part of mainland of India. Port Blair is linked with leal. However, congress party continues to dominate Calcutta and Madras by air service. The Indian Air Lines the scene of Municipal Board. The local news papers is operating four 737 boeing services per week on each provide full coverage to political activities. route of Calcutta and Madras on different days. Port Blair is also linked with weekly shipping service to There are plenty of cultural and recreational activi Madras and Calcutta and with quarterly shipping service tres in the town. The town is also flooded with religious to Vishakhapatnam. Port Blair is also linked with inter institutions like Temples, Mosque, Gurudwaras and island marine service to different islands ofthis territory. Pugoda. The people of the town are by and large peace The frequency of marine service to different islands is loving and co-operative. Inter-caste, inter-religious and not uniform. Generally on an average, there is weekly inter-regional marriages are the special feature of this ship service to Nancowry gro'Jp of islands, two to North place. The survey result relating to main characteristics Andaman and four to Middle Andaman. Port Blair is of localities shq,v.ts that none of the localities was de linked with roads to such villages only which are situated scribed to be dominated by any particular religion or on the main island of South Andaman.ln Port Blair state ethnic group. The localities were described by the ma owned and private buses are operating whereas in rural jority of informants as 'mixed population. areas it is only state owned buses service op~rates. The frequency of buses on both urban and rural routes is Port Blair being the lone town in the islands and ad moderately sufficient to cope with the requirement of ministrative seat of the UT's administration is chosen by public. APPENDICIES 84 APPENDIX - Distribution of households by type of household and Type of occupation Number of household where of head of household Nuclear Supplemented Subnuclear Single Supplemented Collateral joint nuclear person subnuclear 2 3 4 5 6 7 1. Unlkilled manual 16 4 2. Skil:ed manual 38 6 3 3. Sma" business 4. Highly skilled and supervisory manual 5. Clerks and shop Assistants 11 2 6. Intermediate professional and related posts. secondary teacher etc. 9 5 7. Medium business 9 B. Higher professional and salaried rosts 6 2 2 9. Pensioners and retired personnels 2 3 '0. Unclassified :2 11. Non-workers 3 9 Total 125 4 32 6 - ._-_ --~~----_ 85 1 type of education of head of household type of household is Supplemented Lineal joint Supplomented Lineal collateral Supplemented lineal Others Total Remarks collateral joint lineal joint joint collateral joint 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 53 3 51 13 2 18 14 2 13 5 14 4 2 2 18 3 13 7 7 200 86 APPENDIX - 2 Distribution of households by employment depth (I.e. number of workers In the household) Number of workers Number of household by size and number of adults, having in the household no. of workers noted in col. 1 All households 1-3 4-6 7-10 11 & above Remarks __._-- 2 3 4 5 6 7 NIL 1 '1 123 •• ~.1 69 ~ 1 50 179 113 '8 2 45 2 19 .1i 5 5 59 89 41 3 18 5 7 6 24 36 47 4 8 2 1 5 10 6 42 •• 24 = number of 50 household lotal no. of adults 5 etc. S 1 _! 6 41 Total 200 26 96 57 21 757 55 273 250 179 ---_. -_-_--~---- 87 APPENDIX - 3 Distribution of households by unemployment depth (No. of unemployed in the household) No. of unemployed Number of households by size and number of adults, having including who are number of non-workers noted in col. 1 seeking work ------ All households 1-3 4-6 7-10 11 & above Remarks ~---. ---,------2 3 4 5 6 7 _. -~------ NIL 3 .l_ 6 92 26 53 13 54 120 38 2 45 26 19 89 75 3 22 11 8 1 54 41 9 4 21 13 8 72 70 5+ 17 1 4 12 '5 25 99 Total 200 26 ~ 2I _n 54 274 251 178 88 APPENDIX- 4 Distribution otHouseholds by number of m.:mbers and occupational DIVersity (I.e. different members having different occupations) Discription of occupational Number of households with number of members and Divorce Occupation diversity No. I)f Households No. of members 2 3 LucaJity I - Haddo (1) Chairman Municipal Board (Self), Seaman (Son) 2 (2) Petilion Writer (Self), Clerk (Son), Urban, Leprosy Worker (Son), Teacher (Daughter) (3) Shopkeeper (Son), Teacher (Son's wife) 2 (4) • Truck driver (Self), Salsman (Brot~r) 2 (5) Blacksmith (Self), Casual labour (Sari) 1 2 (6) Shop owner (Self), Salesman (wife's brother) 2 (7) Office Supdt. (Brother), Teacher (Sister), Ass!. Engineer (Brother) 3 (8) Quarter Master (Brother), Malaria Inspector (Brolher) 2 (9) Tally Clerk (Brother), Draftsman (Brother), lasker (Brother) 3 (10) Industries officer (Self), Patwari (Son), Co-operative Inspector 4 (Son), Teacher (Daughter) (11) Head Clerk (Self), Chowkidar (Son) 2 (12) Assistant Engineer (Brother), Clerk-Bank (Brother), Junior Engineer 1 3 (Broiller) (13) Assistant Secretary (Self), Teacher (Son) 2 (14) Business (Self), Shop Assistant (Brother) 2 (15) Labour (Self), Nurse (daughter), Agriculturo Demonstrator 4 (Sond), Clerk (dallghter) (16) Head Constable (Brother), Teacher (Brother's wife), Lab. Assistant 3 (Brother) rural 16 42 89 APPENDIX - 4 I(Contd.) Oiscriplion of occupational Number of households with number of members and Divorce Occupation diversity No. of households No. of .members 2 3 Locality II - Anarkaly Basti (1) Superitendent (Self), Lab. Assistant (Son) 2 (2) Machine Turner (Self), Casual Labour (Son) 2 (3) Compo.ltor (SeIf),Fltter (Son), Labour (Son) 3 \ (4) Supdt. (Salf), Teacher (daughter), PaMari (Son). Clerk (Son's wife), 7 Agriculture demonstrator (Son), Labour (Son). Draftl>man (Son) (5) Head Clerk (brother) Wireman (Brother) 2 (6) Head Clerk (Self), Carpenter (Son) Total I) 18 Locality III- Kumda Kheti (1) Cloth shop owner (SalQ, Salesman (Brother) 2 (2) Mechanical Supervisor (SeI!). Nurse (daughter). Tools incharge (Son) 1 3 (3) Compounder (Self). Clerk (daughter) 2 (4) Poojari (Self). Politician (Son) • Crew merchant Navy (Son) 3 (5) Labour (Self). H.S. Attender (Wife) 2 (6) Food Inspector (Sell). 0.0 (Father) 2 (7) Special Officer (Self). Co-operative Inspector (Son). Teacher (Son's wife) t 3 Total 7 17 Locality IV - Phoenix Bay (1) Electrician (Brother). Clerk (Brother) 2 (2) Head Clerk (Sell). Teacher (Wife) 2 (3) Teacher (Brother), Clerk (Brother) 2 (4) Reverent (Self), Teacher (Wife). Agriculture Supervisor (Son) 4 Technician (daughter's husband) -----_-- Total 4 10 90 APPENDIX· 4 (Concld.) Discriplion of occupational Number of households with number of members and Divorce Occupation diversity No. of households No. of members 2 3 Locality V - Aberdeen·village (1) labour (Brother). Clerk (Brother). Engine Driver (Brother) 3 (2) Laskar (Salf). Fitter (Brother) 2 (3) Labour (Sell). Clerk (Son) 2 (4) Blacksmith (Salf). Labour (Son) 2 (5) Higher Grade Clerk (Self). r ..cher (Wife) 3 4+2 (6) Bus Conductor (Brother), DriVer (Brolher) 2 \ (7) Assistant Chargeman (Self). Clerk (Son) 2 (8l Stenographer (SaIl). Teacher (Wife) 2 Total 10 21 Locality V1 - Aberdeen Bazar (1) Carpenter (Self). Clerk (Brother) 2 (2l Buldozer Driver (Sell). Chargeman (Son) 2 (3) Jawabdar (Self). Labour (Brother) 2 (4) Engine Driver (Self). Labour (Son). Watchman (Son) 3 (5) Fishing & Selling (8811). Manager Co-operative Society (Son) 3 Salesman (Son) (6) Pan shop propritor (Son). Domestic Servant (unrelated) 2 (7) Fitter (Brother). Defence (Brother). Teacher (Brother·s wife) 4 labour (Brother) Total 7 18 Locality VII - Banuline (1) Nurse (Sister). Sarang (Bralller). Doctor (Brother). Teacher 4 (Brother's wife) (2) Painter (Sell). Labour (Son) 2 (3) Vice Chairman. M.B (Sell). Labour (Brother's son) 2 (4) Man8$1er-shop (Self). Machanic (Son) 2 (5) Quarter Master (Self). Teacher (Wife) 2 (6) Labour Oilman (Brother) 2 (7) Assistant Engineer (Self) laskar (Brother) 2 (8) Casual Labour (Brotller). Clerk (Sister) 2 Total 8 18 91 APPENDIX· 4 (Concld.) DiscripIioo of occupational Number of households with number of members and Divorce Occupation diversity No. of households No. of members 3 LOcality VIII- Aberdeen (1) Secretary M.B. (Self). High Grade Clerk (Daughter's husband) 2 (2) Homeo Physician (Self). Maohainic (Daughter's husband) 2 (3) Watchman (Self), labour (Brother) 2 (4) Watchman (Self), Peon (Son), Electrician (Son) 3 (5) Area Commanding Officer (Brother), Working Proprietor (Brother) 2 Total 5 11 92 APPENDIX· 5 '.. Distribution of population by workers and non·workers by age group, sex and lOCality Age group Worltera Non-workers Total Mal .. Females Total Males Females 2 3 4 '5 6 7 1.HAOOO Below 10 44 15 29 1()"14 17 a 9 1>1-9 20 9 11 20.:24 3 3 14 5 9 25-29 6 6 6 5 30-34 7 e 35-49 13 12 11 11 50-59 3 • 3 2 6O-M 65+ Total 32 H a 118 41 77 2. ANARl Below 10 44 20 24 10-14 31 15 16 15-18 24 17 7 20-24 7 7 2 2 ?5-29 5 4 6 6 30-34 6 3 3 2 2 35-49 f6 f5 13 13 50-59 5 4 60-64 - 65+ 3 3 Total 40 34 6 127 56 71 93 APPENDIX - 5 (Contd.) Age group Workers Non-workers Total Males Females Total Males Females 2 3 A 5 6 7 3. KUMDA KHETI Below 10 66 33 33 10-14 34 19 15 15·19 3 3 16 7 9 20-24 10 9 14 13 25-29 11 11 15 15 30-34 13 13 3 3 35-49 20 20 13 13 50-59 3 3 6(J.64 65+ Total 61 60 163 62 101 4. PHOENIX BAY Below 10 32 15 17 10-14 15 8 7 15-19 13 6 7 20-24 6 6 9 2 7 25-29 .1 8 2 6 30-34 5 5 4 4 35-49 9 9 3 3 50-59 3 3. 6 5 60-64 65+ Total 26 26 91 35 56 94 APPENDIX - 5 (Contd.) Age group Workers Non-workers Total Males Females Total Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 --+ 5. ABERDEEN VILLAGE Below 10 37 19 18 10-14 19 12 7 15-19 4 4 10 3 7 20-24 5 3 2 9 8 25-29 ~ 3 7 7 30-34 7 7 4 4 35-49 10 9 6 6 50-59 2 2 60-64 3 2 65+ Total 31 27 4 97 36 61 6. ABERDEEN BAZAR Below 10 31 16 15 10-14 19 8 11 15-19 2 16 6 10 20-24 6 5 8 8 25-29 11 7 4 2 30-34 2 2 8 8 35-49 14 14 9 8 50-59 3 3 4 4 60-64 2 2 65+ Total 39 33 6 100 34 66 ./ 95 APPENDIX - 5 (Contd.) Age group Workers Non-workers Total Males Females Total Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 7. SABULINE Below 10 25 13 12 10-14 11 8 3 15-19 11 3 8 20-24 6 4 2 25-29 3 3 5 5 30-34 4 4 4 4 35-49 9 9 3 3 50-59 3 2 60-64 65+ Total 24 22 2 64 25 39 8. ABERDEEN Below 10 27 10 17 10-14 10 4 6 15-19 7 4 3 20-24 3 3 8 2 6 25-29 2 2 3 3 30-34 3 3 3 3 35-49 8 6 2 4 4 50-59 2 2 2 2 60-64 2 2 65+ 2 2 Total 21 19 2 67 22 45 96 APPENDIX - 5 (Concld.) Workers Non-workers .----~- Age group Total Males Females Total Males Females 2 3 4 5· 6 7 9. JUNGLli,f-IAT Below 10 28 16 12 1()'14 12 B 15-19 13 "7 6 2()'24 4 4 4 4 25-29 Ii 3 2 4 4 3()'34 \4 3 1 . 2 2 35-49 8 B 5 5 50-59 4 4 2 2 60-64 65+' Total 26 22 4 71 28 43 10. SCHOOL LINE Below 10 19 9 ·10 10-14 11 8 3 15-19 12. 2 10 20-24 8 6 2 11 2 9 25-29 8 7 4 4 30-34 3 3 35-49 I 4 8 8 I " 50-59 2 2 60-64 65+ Total 27 24 3 67 21 46 97 APPENDIX- 6 Households In possessIon of agrIcultural or horticultural land Inside town or within 2 Km from outer periphery of town by localHy where the household Is sHuated Locality Total No. 01 No. of households Number of households having agricultural Average Remarks households having agricultural or horticultural land ' " size hec' or horticultural land Adjoining the Withil'l a distance Within a More than agricultural inside or adjoining house of 1 km; from dstance 4 Kms from land per the town house of 2-3 kms. house household from house 2 3 4, 5 7 8 9 School Line 11 5 4 1.011 heet. 2 HH-4B Junglighat 15 1.00 heel. 1HH-1 Heel. Phoenix Bay 17 1 4.548 heel. 1HH-18B Aberdeen 'Bazar 64 1.214 hect. 1HH 3 Acres 5.053 hect. 20 by All Localities f 07 8 .7 1 . 2.023 heel. 5 Acres 96 APPENDIX-7 Distribution of workers and non-workers by sex, religion and broad age(group Religion 0-14 15-59 ---Workers Non-workers Workers Non-workel T M F T M F T M F T M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 11 12 13 -~-'. -~--~~---- Hindu 301 154 147 192 173 19 240 45 195 Bu::lrlhist 2 2 2 2 Chi~stiar'~ 45 18 27 29 24 5 28 6 22 Muslim 168 81 87 90 83 7 134 34 100 Sikh 16 6 10 7 7 8 8 Grant Total 532 260 272 320 289 31 412 86 326 60+ All ages RE!ma Workers Non-workers Workers Non-workers T M F T M F T M F T M F 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 13 8 5 193 174 19 554 207 347 2 2 4 2 2 30 25 5 73 24 49 4 4 B 6 2 94 87 7 310 121 189 B 8 24 6 18 6 6 21 14 7 327 296 31 965 360 605 99 APPENDIX ~8 Employment status of workers by locality and sex Locality Employment status by sex ---_ --~ Total workers Employer Employee Single worker ------~---- -_ P M F P M. F P M F P M F -~--~~~--- 2 3 4 5 S 1 8 9 10 11 12 13 201 32 29 3 32 29 3 202 40 34 6 39 34 5 203 61 60 59 58 .2 2 204 26 26 2 2 20 20 2 2 205 31 27 4 28 24 4 3 3 206 39 33 6 § 9 27 21 6 2 2 207 24 22 :1 16 14 2 208 21 19 2 4 4 14 12 2 3 3 209 26 22 4 20 16 4 6 6 210 27 24 g 27 24 3 Total 327 296 31 12 12 :!IJI! 2;2 30 2(J 19 ---_._---_.-._------~----- Employment status by se~ Family worker Cultivator Agricultural Labour Remarks M F p M F p M F 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 2 2 5 5 6 6 13 13 100 APPENDIX-9 Number of persons seeking employment for the first time by Age, sex and education level Age-group Total Number of seekfng employment for list dine who are Remarks p M F Illiterate Education Below Pl1mary Mattie Diploma & Degree & without level Primary Certificate above 2 3 4 5 () 1 9 9 10 11 12 U-1-' 15-19 6 4 2 3 a 20-24 4 2 2 3 " 25-29 30-34 35 and above 1 Total 12 B 4 7 4 101 APPENDIX - 1\) Distribution of population by age, sex and marital status Age.gtoUP Never married Married Widowed Separated Divorced Unspecified Total M F M F M F M F M F M F M P 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 0-4 89 92 69 92 5-9 97 95 97 95 10-14 95 85 95 85 15-19 76 61 19 76 80 20-24 53 24 10 50 63 75 25-29 11 6 39 58 51 65 30-34 3 45 33 3 49 36 35-49 2 2 104 67 10 107 79 50-59 29 18 4 29 22 60-69 12 6 14 7 70+ 5 6 Age not stated Total 407 365 244 246 4 23 2 656 636 102 APPENDIX Distribution of hOuseholds and population by locality, religion of the head of household will be Locality Religion and sex ._ -~---.-- Hindu Muslim Christian -.~------House hold Male Female Household Male Female Household Male Female - .--~-~- --- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 --~---- -~~~------'-- ~--- daddo 12 27 38 7 33 26 4 10 16 Anarkaly Basti 13 46 32 9 29 30 5 15 15 Kumda Khati 24 61 48 7 37 24 10 19 21 Phoenix Bay 10 36 30 6 21 24 Aberdeen Village 12 40 38 8 23 27 Aberdeen Bazar 1€ \ 52 57 2 6 6 Babuline 10 28 27 3 19 14 Aberdeen 8 25 34 3 16 13 Junglighat 8 26 25 6 19 20 5 2 School Line 9 40 37 2 5 12 ALL Total 122 381 366 53 208 196 20 49 54 -_.--_ ---._- 103 11 religion and sex (In case of household the considered to be religion of household) Religion and sex Remarks (No.of Sikh Buddhist Total Household Household Male Female Household Male Female Male Female Total 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 70 80 150 23 90 77 167 27 2 5 9 122 102 224 43 4 2 61 56 117 17 63 65 128 20 2 9 9 67 72 139 20 47 41 88 13 41 47 88 11 50 47 97 15 45 49 94 11 4 14 18 4 2 656 636 1,292 200 104 APPENDIX-12 Place of last resIdence of members of households as related to place of blnh Place of birth Place of Last Residence Same as place of birth Different from place of birth Male Female Male Female 2 3 4 5 Same place 405 388 13 15 (Urban) Same District 23 44 3 3 (Rural) Other District (Car Nicobar) Othe>r States 173 151 13 13 Other Countries 11 12 14 10 Total 613 595 43 41 105 APPENDIX - 13 Mother tongue and subsidiary language of members of households as related to duration ot stay In present residence Mother tongue Number speaking subsidiary languages with reference to duration of stay in present residence N.S. English N.S. Urdu N.S. Arabi N.S. Hindi N.S. Tamil N.S. Sadri 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 0-4 Years Hindi Uraon 2 2 6 6 Malayalam 2 2 10 10 Munda 4 4 Tamil 8 8 Bengali Punjabi 8 8 Sadri 11 11 Urdu 3 3 Mundari 3 3 Telugu 3 3 Total 6 6 57 57 Number speaking subsidiary languages with reference to duration of stay in present residence Mother tongue N.S. Hindi N.S. English N.S. Tamil N.S. Sadri 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ~9 Malayalam 35 35 4 4 Tamil 28 28 • Punjabi 6 6 Urdu 9 9 • Telugu 31 31 Bengali 18 18 a 8 Munda 3 3 Sadri 11 11 Uraon 5 5 Mundari Burmese Total 148 148 13 13 106 APPENDIX - 13 (Concld~ Number speaking subsidiary languages with reference duration of stay in present residence Mother tongue N.S. English N.S. Urdu N.S. Arabi N.S. Hindi N.S. Bengali N.S. Tamil 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 10+ years Hindi 105 105 38 38 1 5 5 Malayalam 54 54 2 2 178 178 10 10 Tamil 6 6 58 58 .- Urdu 11 11 49 49 Bengali 5 5 33 33 Telgu 9 9 69 69 5 5 Munda 11 11 Punjabi 26 26 Sindhi 3 3 Sadri 17 17 Mahal 1 1 Marathi. 4 4 7 7 Uraon 2 2 7 7 Nepali 6 6 3 3 Mundari 2 2 Burmese 5 5 Total 200 200 39 39 4 4 472 472 4 4 21 21 Number speaking subsidiary languages with reference duration of stay in present residence Mother tongue N.S. Burma N.S. Telugu N.S. Malyalam N.S. Sadri N.S. Sindhi N.S. Punjabi N.S Munda 2 3 4 S· 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 10+ years (Concld.) Hindi 4 4 2 2 3 3 Malyalam Tamil 5 5 3 3 Urdu 2 2 2 2 Bengali Telgu Munda Punjabi Sindhi 2' 2 Sadri 5 5 . Mahal Marathi Uraon Nepali Mundari Burmese Total 7 7 9 9 6 6 2 2 2 2 5 5 107 APPENDIX - 14 Age, sex and study In educational Institution by religion Religion Age Total Num~r_ stu~ing Not stud~ing Remarks Males Females Males ~emales Males Females 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 Hindu 5-9 60 53 56 47 4 6 10-14 51 41 44 33 7 8 15-19 36 46 26 25 10 21 20-24 33 47 4 29 47 25+ 158 126 158 126 Muslim 5-9 28 31 26 ao 2 10-14 35 31 34 31 1 15-19 34 30 19 16 HI 14 20-24 26 23 1 2 25 21 25+ 67 56 67 56 Christian 5-9 7 5 7 !5 10-14 4 9 2 9 2 15-19 5 3 4 2 1 1 20-24 2 4 1 4 25+ 23 20 23 20 Sikh 5-9 1 6 l 6 10-14 5 3 5 3 15-19 20-24 1 1 1 25+ 7 6 7 6 Buddhist 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25+ Total 507 544 231 210 356 334 108 APPENDIX - 15 Age, sex and study In educational Institution by scheduled tribes and others Category of tribes Age- group Total Number gtu~ing Number not stu~ing Remarks or community Males Females Males Females Males Females .... ----- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Scheduled Tribes 5-9 2 1 10-14 3 3 15-19 20-24 1 1 1 25+ 3 2 3 2 All ages 10 3 5 5 3 Others 5-9 95 95 90 88 5 7 10-14 92 85 82 76 Ie 9 15-19 75 80 48 44 27 36 20-24 62 74 6 2 56 72 25+ 2~ 207 253 207 All ages 5n 541 226 210 351 331 --~------Total of All Ages 587 544 231 210 356 334 - .. __ ------109 APPENDIX - 16 Distribution of population by age, sex and educational level Educational level Age and se~ Total ------_L9_ ___1O - 14_ _j_§__:1L 20 - 24 25 ~4 35 -49 ~- M F M F M F M F M F M F M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Illiterate 16 16 2 4 14 11 28 9 28 7 13 151 Literate 2 (without educational level) Primary 80 75 28 20 6 8 9 7 10 11 11 10 6 281 Middle 4 65 63 46 39 24 21 34 38 41 27 11 B 422 Matriculationl 21 19 15 16 19 15 31 10 16 164 Secondary High Secon;:i/ - 2 10 15 13 19 6 10 3 78 Intermediat re-university Non-technical diploma or certificate not equal to degree Technical diploma 2 or certificate not equal to degree Graduate 7 2 6 3 3 23 other than tech_ degree Post Graduate 2 2 5 other than tech, degree Engineering and 2 2 Technology Medicine Agriculture and Dairying Veterinary Teaching Others Total 97 95 95 85 76 80 63 75 100 101 107 79 49 29 1,131 110 APPENDIX - 17 Discontinuation of Education by occupation of head of household Occupation Age-group Number discontinuing when class of head of of discon- MALE household linuance Class Class Class Class Class Others I II IIHV V-VI VI-VIII 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 839 (a) 5-9 999 (a) 5-9 999 (b)IQ-12 Total Number discontinuing when dass FEMALE Class Class Class Class Class Others Remarks I II III-IV V-VI V:I-VIII 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 111 APPENDIX-18 Age at marriage as related to sex and present age Age at marriage MALE Present Below 14-19 20- 24 25 - 29 30-34 35-39 40- 44 45+ ANS Total age 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Below 14 14- 24 2 6 9 25 - 34 11 45 23 7 87 35 - 44 5 33 38 5 3 2 86 45- 54 2 12 15 6 3 2 41 55 + 2 12 9 10 35 ANS Total 22 108 85 28 7 7 258 Age at marriage ------.:=__----=------_._---- FEMALE Below 14 - 19 20- 24 25- 29 30 - 34 35 - 39 40- 44 45 + ANS Total Remarks 14 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 6 54 12 73 9 65 14 5 93 6 29 14 50 6 21 9 2 38 3 9 3 2 17 30 - 178 52 7 3 271 112 APPENDIX - Age at marriage as related Educational level Age at marriage MALE Below 14 - 19 20- 24 25 -29 30-34 35-39 40-44 45 + ANS Total 14 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 illiterate 4 11 7 4 2 29 Literate (without 4 13 6 4 2 31 educational level) Primary 8 20 13 8 2 51 Middle 4 18 13 4 41 Matric 2 39 32 4 2 80 Non-Technical 2 7 10 diploma not equal to degree Technical 2 2 diploma not equal to degree Graduate 4 3 8 other than Tech. degree Technical degree 2 3 BE/M.B.B.S Post Graduate 2 3 degree P.H.D. Total 22 108 85 28 7 7 258 113 19 to educational level Age at marriage FEMALE Remarks Below 14-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-39 40- 44 45 + ANS Total 14 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 16 59 15 91 7 24 5 38 6 49 7 4 67 21 7 2 30 24 14 39 2 " 3 4 30 178 52 7 3 271 114 APPENDIX· 20 Average age at marriage as related to educational level and time of marriage Educational Number of Awrage age at marriage Average age at marriage 01 level ever married of ever marri61 males ever married females Who Rerllsrks who married married -.---'_' --,_.__._ Males Females Earlier 15-29 Within Earliar 15-29 Within 30 15 30 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Illiterate 29 91 6 22 59 15+16=31 Literalg (without 31 38 7 24 21 D+7=16 edJcalionailevel) Primary 51 67 9 42 51 9+6=15 Middle 41 30 6 35 28 2· =2 Matric 80 39 7 73 36 2+1=3 Non-Technical 10 2 9 2 diploma not equal to degree technical dploma 2 2 not equal to degree Graooate 8 4 7 3 other than Technical degree Technical 3 3 degree Post Graooate 3 2 Total 258 271 40 217 4 200 67 115 APPENDIX - 21 Distribution of households by locality and place of birth of head of hOusehold Locality Number of households when! head of household is bom Same Within Other 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Haddo 3 16 3 23 I? Place of birth. -fecorded as not AnarkaJy 8 19 27 Known included in rural. KumdaKhety 2 34 3 3 43 Phoenix I3ay 5 2 7 17 Aberdeen village 12 6 20 Aberdeen 'Bazar 6 11 3 20 Babu Line 5 8 13 Aberdeen 4 4 3· 11 Junglighat 8 2 4 15 School Line 9 2 11 Total 61 9 109 10 10 200 116 APPENDIX - Distribution of households by locality and Number of households where Locality Same Same Same Slate Other States town district District District Kerala Andhra Minic:oy West Maharashlra Tamil Nadu Bihar U.P. Bangal 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9 10 11 12 13 Haddo 3 7 6 2 Anarkaly 8 13 5 Kurnda Khety 2 3 3 20 Ph-oenix BfA}, & 2 ,- 3 4 A.berdeen village 12 2 3 2 Aberdeen Bazar 6 5 3 Sabuline S 5 2 Aberdeen 4 4 Junglighat B 2 2 2 • School Line 9 2 Total 61 9 30 23 3 23 21 6 118 APPENDIX-23 Distribution of households by number of members, migration status of Mad of household and duration of stay of any member of the household who has stayed the longest in the referent towr (pan Blair) Number of Non-migrant Number of households where the migration status and place of last residence of head of households members (80m If, 13st and duration of stay of any member of the household who has stayed longest is migrant residence Last re!;i,pence in rural area and duration Last residenr.e in llrban area and duration 01 -- Remarks in toINn: of residence Ilears) residence b'ears} Less 1-5 6-10 11-20 21+ Total Less IMn 1-5 6-10 11-20 21+ Total than Yrs, Yrs. Yrs. Yrs. 1 year Yrs, Yrs. Yrs. Yrs, 1 year 2 3 4 5 6 7 a 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Single member 2 members 2 2 3 members 3 5 11 3 20 4 m8lTlbers 3 3 8 5 16 2 5 members 8 2 1A 11 29 6-7 members 15 2 13 21 37 2 3 5 8-9 members 11 2 5 15 22 10-12 members e 9 9 Not known t3arnhbove 5 2 2 Total 53 2 16 53 66 137 2 2 4 9 Not known 119 APPENDIX • 24 Distribution ot households by migration status and place of birth of head of household and composition by sex and age status of members (Minor upto age 14, adult 15 and above) Mi~ation SlaiUS and place Number 01 households where composition by or .rth of head of Household sel( and age 01 members Adult male and Adult male Total Remarks female and minor and female male/female 2 3 4 5 A .Non-migrant (Born in the town) 50 3 53 B. Migration 1. Born outside the town in the disttitt (a) Rwral 16 17 (b) Urban II. District (a) Rural (b) Urban III. Born in the other state Stale Kerala R 28 29 U 1 1 Ancflra R 18 2 20 Pradesh U LlMinicoy R U Maharashb'a R U Tamil Nadu R '20 21 U 4 4 U.P. R 5 U "1 1 Delhi R U Punjab R 3 3 U Gujarat R U West8engal R 1 1 U 2 2 Bihar R 20 21 U M.P. R 4 2 6 U Bom in other GOUn!ry Bangladelh 5 5 Paklltan 2 2 SUrm. 3 3 N.pal 2 2 TOIII 187 13 200 - _. - 120 APPfNOIX- Distribution of migrants workers and non -workers by duration of .-----.------Duration of residence in the town ------_._- _------_ - -- -_ ------ Less than 1 Year 1-4 Yaars ----_._------_--_.__ ------_------_--_... _--- Worker Non-worker Work'~r Non- worker -----.----~------.------_ T M F T M F T M F i M F 2 3 A. Non-Migrant 35 18 17 122 52 70 Migrants 8.1. Within the dist. Andaman (R) 2 2 10 2 8 2. Other dis!. of the state Nicobar 3. Out side the state bul within the country State 1. West Bengal R - U - 2 2 2. Bihar R - U - 2 2 21 2 19 3. Tamil Nadu R 2 2 8 5. Keraia R - 2 2 U 6. Assam R - U - 5 2 3 7. Maharastra R U 8. Delhi U 9. Madhya Pradesh R 4 4 10. Punjab U 11. Andhra R Olher Counties 1. Pakistan 2. Burma 3. Singapur Total 35 18 17 7 7 179 65 114 121 25 stay In present residence and plaGe of last residence ... Curatlon of residence in the town .,_---- 5-9 Years 10-19 Years Worker Non - worker Worker Non- worker T M F t M ~ T M F T M F 14 15 16 17 18 19 ~ af 22 23 24 25 170 90 80 9 7 ~ 230 112 118 5 4 2 2 7 7 3 2 4 3 12 4 8 3 2 6 El 4 4 12 2 10 17 17 10 5 5 4 4 9 2 7 B 8 13 2 11 2 2 3 3 1 1 8 1 7 1 f 5 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 a 4 4 G 5 6 4 2 2 5 5 3 2 3 2 6 2 4 9 9 17 3 14 ,2 2 15 7 8 20 18 2 222 102 120 339 143 196 73 67 5------122 APPENDIX- Dlstrlbllllon of migrants workers and non-workers by duration ot Duration of residence in the town 20 +Years Period not stated Worker Non -worker Worker Non-worker T M F T M F T M F T M F 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 A. Non-Migrant 154 132 22 133 21 112 Migrants B. 1. Within the cist Andaman (R) 5 5 8 8 6 2 4 2. Other dist of Ihe state Nioobar 3. Out side the state but wilhin Ihe country State-· R 3 3 1. M/Bengal U 5 5 3 3 2. Bihar R 2 2 U 3. Tamil Nadu R 14 13 2 2 U 7 7 3 3 4. Uttar Pra3esh R 2 2 2 U 2 2 1 5. Kerala R 14 14 16 7 9 U 2 2 6. Assam R U 7. Maharastra R U 8. DeN -- U 9. Madhya Pra-esh R 10. Punjab U 5 5 1,. Andhra R " " 6 fi Other Countrlea 1. Pakis ... 2. Burma 3. Singapur Tollil 226 203 23 lao 30 '50 10 2 8 123 25 stay in present residence and place of last residence Duration of residence in the town AlIlIges Wor! T M F T M F 38 39 40 41 42 43 163 139 24 690 293 397 14 13 40 5 35 3 2 4 3 1 11 11 23 8 15 1 1 25 25 44 ~ 35 28 27 32 8 24 10 10 14 t 13 4 4 8 3 5 4 4 3 2 2~ 18 4 27 8 19 2 2 1 1 2 2 5 2 3 6 2 4 1 1 6 6 7 7 5 5 6 5 23 22 31 5 26 2 2 3 3 16 7 9 327 296 31 965 360 605 124 APPENDIX - 26 Broad category of place from where the household halls, time and reason for migration Broad Time of Numberot househol~s ffti,rIJiQ!}' because of category migration Employ- Settlement Marrfage BUSlRe§~ Tlil ~;v~ prision Posting Construc- Settlement place from ment OQmpFlfly or tion of of family where the to eldef§ Iransfer new house (Transfer) household and transfer hails of family 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1. Andaman R Prior to 66 3 2 4 71·75 1 1 1 2. Andhra Prior to 6S 12 66·70 2 71·75 3 3. Tamil Prior 10 6S 19 2 Nadu 66·70 3 71·75 1 4. Kerala Prior to 6S 19 2 2 3 66-70 1 5. Assam 76 and latter 6. U.P. Prior to 66 2 3 '1 7. Gujara! Prior to 66 8. Delhi Between 71-75 9. Punjab Prior to es 2 10. West Prior6S 4 Bengal 66-70 2 11. Bihar Prior to 66 3 66-70 15 71-75 2 76 & later 1 125 APPENDIX - 26 (Concld) Broad Time of Number of households migratol}' because of -.--- category migration fiim~· . Settlement Marriage Business To give Prision Posting Construe- Settlement place from ploymenl company or tion of of family "Vh~flIl'W 10 elders transfer new house (Transfer) hgy~eheld and transfer hails of family 2 :5 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12. Madhya Between 66-70 5 Pradesh 71-75 1 13. Maharashtra PrjQf IQ 6& 14. Minicoy Prior to 66 15. Bangladesh Prior 66 2 2 1971-75 1 16. Burma Prior tQ Q6 66 t070 7H5 17. Nepal Prior to 66 Total 105 11 6 8 2 3 8 3 126 APPENDIX - 27, Existence of property of migrants at the place of last residence by description of place and distance and duration of stay Place from where Distance Numbe; of hour Jholds not having Number of households having property migrateC km. property at the place from where from where migrated who are residing migrated who are residing in the in present place present place 5-9 years 10-19 years 20+ years 5-9 10-19 20+ years years years 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 1. Andaman R 10 or less km. 3 1 11-20km. 2 21-50 km 2 51-100 km. 101-500 km. 2. Tamil Nadu R 500 + Km. 2 2 13 2 U 1 5 1 3. V.erala R 22 5 U 4. Andhra Pro R 3 3 8 2 4 5. Bihar R 3 5 2 10 6. M.P, A 2 2 3 7. U.P. R 4. U 1 6. Maharashtra R 9. Gujara! R 10. West Bengal R 3 U 2 11. Assam R 12. Delhi U 13, Punjab A U 14. Minicoy R OTHER COUNTRIES 15. Burma I' 16. Bangladesh 3 17. Nepal All classes 16 14 71 24 21 ------_._--- .------~. ------_. 127 APPENDIX - 28 Problems faced during or after migration by place from where the househod, halls Place from where the Total number 01 Problems household hails households Description Number 01 house- Number 01 house- Remarks holds who laced holds still con- tinuing :2 3 4 5 6 Andhra R 5 Residential problem 5 2 Tamil Nadu R 8 1. Residential problem 6 4 2. Employment 2 U 2 1. Residential 2 Bangladesh 1. Employment Bihar R 2 ,. Employment 2. Residential Kerala R 4 1. Employment 1 1 2. Residential 3 2 Burma 2 1. Housing problem 2. Higher education West Bengal 2 1. Employment 2. Residenlial Punjab R 1. Residential UP R 1. Ticket-in ship Total 28 28 14 128 APPENOtX. Paftlculara at IndIYtdua Name 01 Religion 0atttmtIt location as Sex No. Age-group No. reported by In~estigator Description No. 0e1lCriptlon NQ. -----~------2 3 4 5 6 7 8 a ~-~~-.~~-. Haddo Male 5 20-34 4 Islam 3 Sunnl(Ml 3 35-59 t Hindu 2 Dhabi \ Yad!lv II Anarkali Male 5 20-34 1 Islam 1 Sunni(M) 35-59 4 Hindu 2 Ezhawa Naidu Christian 2 Jacobai t(C) Catholic III Buniyadabad Male 8 20-34 3 Islam 2 SUnni (M) 2 35-59 5 Hindu 5 Uraon (H) 1 Nagbansi Parihar Kayasth Ashari Christian Catholic (e) IV. Phoenix Bay Male 4 20-34 Islam Wahabi 35-59 3 • Hindu 3 K~hatriya 2 SC. Ur,specified 1 V. Aberdeen Male 5 20-34 3 Islam 3 Sunni 2 Village (a) 2 Sheikh 1 35-59 2 Hindu 2 Kshatriya Brahmin VI. Aberdeen (b) Male 2 20-34 Hindu 2 Kshatriya 2 35-59 VII. Elabulil'le (c) Male ;1 35-59 2 Hindu 2 Kshatriya Sonar VIII. Aberdeen Bazar (d) Male 20-34 1 Islam t Sunni Female "1 35-59 4 Hindu 4 Ksha\riya Mudaliyar Devar Lahar IX. Junglighat Male 4 20-34 Islam Sunni 35-59 3 Hindu 3 Kshatriva Yadav She~i X. School Line Male 35-59 4 HindI.! 4 Kshatriya 3 " Brahmin 1 129 29 Covered Duration of Name of the various Remarks stay in locality neighbourhoods men- Education Occupation tioned b)' the Description No. Description No. Description No. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Teacher (153) Illiterate 10+ Years 5 Delanipur Electrician (851) Literatewithout education level Asst. (Librarian' 857) 1 Upto matric 2 Labourer (999) 2 Matric & above 1 Dalanipur-2 Lasker (981) 1 (b) 1 5-9 yearS 1 Phoenix Bay-2 H.G.C. (302) 2 (c) 4 10+ years 4 Haddo-l Head Clerk (300) 2 Watchman (574) (a) 10+ years 8 Delanipur·8 Welder (872) Contractor (811 ) (b) 6 Mason (951) 1 (Ei) Engine Driver (961 ) 1 Driver (986) 2 Secretary MB(211) (b) 2 1-4 yea;§ Phoenix Bay-I Asst. Incharge Junglighat-l secretariat (300) Working Propitor (409) (e) 2 10+Y8." 3 A. Bazar-I Watchman (574) Asst. Engineer (021) 1 (b) 2 10+ years & Aberdeen Bazar-3 Food Inspector (089) 1 Jawbdar (541 ) 1 (e) 3 Dignabad-2 Lasker (981) 2 Industries Officer (210) 1 (e) 2 10+ years Delanipur-l Police constable (571) 1 10+ years Phoenix Bay-I Chairman MB (202) (e) 2 10 + years 2 Aberdeen Bazar Gold smith (881) Ta"t clerk (350) (b) 3 10+ years 5 Subash Nagar-I Sr. eacher (151) Beggie line-I Shop owner (401) (e) 2 Babuline -2 Blacksmith (B39) Aberdeen Basli-l Mason (951) Compounder (076) (b) 1 5-9 years 1 Dairyfarm-2 H.G.C. (302) (e) 3 10+ years 3 Goalghar-2 Compositor grade (921) Aberdeen Basli-l Labour (999) .Asst Secretary (211) (d) 2 10+ years 4 Austinabad Chargeman (830) Dairyfarm Turner Machine (835) (e) 2 Pahargoan Compositor grade (921 ) Lambaline 130 APPENDIX - 30 Boundry of neighbourhood as defined by persons belonging to different occupational catagories (N.C. O. one digit) Locality Neighbourhood recorded described by o by Inves- persons inter- tigetor vances in the locality 2 3 4 1. Prem Nagar 2. Buniyadabad 3. Phoenix Bay 4. Anarkali If 1. AIR Colony 2. Buniyadabad 3. Prem Nagar 4. Delanipur III ,. Pram Nagar 2. Phoenix Bay .- 3. Anarkali 4. AIR Colony IV 1. Aberdeen Bazar 2. Goalghar 3. Buniyada.bad 4. Marine V 1. Clock Tower 2 2. Aberdeen Village 2 3. Dockyard 2 4. Phoenix Bay 5. AtJanda Point VI 1. Middle Point 2. Church 3. Quarry Hill 131 APPENDIX -30 (Concld) Locality Neighbourhood recorded described by 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Remarks by Inves- persons inter- tigetor venoes in the locali!}, 2 3 4 5 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 VII 1. Aberdeen Bazar 1 2. Mohanpura 2 3. Machi Line 1 4. Gymkhana Ground 1 VIII 1. Gymkhana Ground 2. Namak Bhata 3. Aberdeen Bazar 4. Dignabad 1 5. Mollanpura 1 6. Gual Basti f IX 1. Junglighat Middle School 1 2. Anath Ashram 1 3. Dairy Farm 2 4. Goalghar 2 X 1. Dairy Form 5 2. Austileabad 3. Pahargaon 4. Lambaline _. --- ~- - 132 APPENDIX - Particulars of cultural, rellglau$ and social activities Inside the neigh- Neighbourhood Cultural activity Religious or Social Number of households belol}ging to --- -- Description Pllrformer Muslim Whose members participated Made financial Manner-1 Manner-2 Contibution 2 3 4 5 6 7 Yos-1 1. Durgspuja Religious Puia committee Sunni.-1 Yes-2 2. Miladulnabi Religious Majid committee Sunni-2 Active Part 3. Krishna Janmastami Religious Puja committstt 11 1. Kalipuja RallgiOlls Puja oommittee 5-1 Spectator 2. Drama Cultural Kurilla $amajam - 3. Musical Programme Cultural Lok Marsh 4. X'masday ReligiOIJ5 Church Committee - 2 III 1. Durgapuja Religious Puja Commilllle ~ 2 2. Cultural Programe Cultural Local Committee IV 1. Durgapuja Religious Pujs CQmmittes-2 Wahab -1 Bengali-2 2 V 1. Durgapuja Religious Pujll Committee Sunni-2 2 Eagle club 2. Musical Programme Cultural Residents of Sumi 11 the locality VI 1. Durgapuja Religious puja Committee 2. Independence & Republicday National State Government - VII 1. Independence Republicday National State Government - 2. Durgapuja Religious PYjll Committee VIII 1. Durgapuja Reli9ious 8unni-l IX 1. Durgapuja Religious 2. Karediyattam Religious Munugan Temple X 1. Durgapuja Religious Pujl Commitl@tt 2. Holi Religious Village & Puja Committee 133 31 bourhood as reported by persons belonging to different religion, caste/tribe ______--c...---.-____::N=u:::m=b::::er~o::_f ho~seholds belong_i~gJ 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Dhobi Yes-1 Ezhawa Naidu Jacobait Active Catholic Part 1 Parihar Catholic Spec!. 1 Kayasth Ashari uraon Kshatriya SC Unspecified Kihatriya Brahmin ~ .... triya Sonar Mudaliyar Dewr Lollar Yaclav Shervi 1 KshalJiya 2 2 Brahmin 134 APPENDIX - 32 Purchase of commodities In and outside the different neighbourhood Number purchasing commodities Neighbourhood Total Within Outside Out side town in metro- Others Number 01 Neighbourhood Neighbourhood polilan centre o. other Interviewers town to which the referent town is satellite or suburb 2 3 4 5 6 Haddo I 5 5 Anarkaly II 5 2 2 Kumda Khati III 8 3 2 3 Phoenix Bay IV 4 3 Aberdeen Village V 5 5 Aberdeen Bazar VI 2 2 Babulin" VII 2 2 Aberdeen VHI 5 5 Junglighat IX 4 4 School Line ~ 4 3 .~~ .~-~-~--~------Total 44 34 6 4 135 APPENDIX-33 Educational facility and Its enjoyment In and outside neighbourhood by level of education Territonial Number 01 Institution for education unit under neighbour consideration hoods/other Number 01 neighbour Number of households Number of households Number 01 householCls Remarks units hoodlother units requiring the institu- availing 01 the lao- availing of the faci- where institution tional facility lily in the reterrent lily otherwise (Des- exists territorial unit cribe in Remarks co- lumn) 2 3 4 5 6 7 Haddo POIt Blair 10 I Yes 4 4 M.B. Anarkaly II 5 5 Kumda Khely III 6 2 4 English medium Phoenix Bay school and higher IV 4 3 education. Aberdeen Village V 5 3 2 Aberdeen Bazar VI 2 2 Sabuline VII 2 2 Aberdeen VIII 5 4 Junglighat IX 4 3 School line X 4 3 Total 41 26 15 OUt of 44 Sampled Households, 41 'require the educational facility, 26 avail within lhe neighbourhood and 15 outside the neighbourhood. 136 APPENDIX- Relation of selected houses of selected households Locality No. of Total Separate house with compound houses number No. of Problem facee studied of households houses 1 2 3 Roomst Water Unspe- are not prob- citied proper lem 2 3 4 5 6 7 Haddo I 23 23 19 7 Anarkaly II 27 27 19 3 Kumda Kheti III 43 43 38 2 Phoenix Bay IV 17 17 6 Aberdeen village V 20 20 14 2 Aberdeen Bazar VI 20 20 11 6 Babufine VII 13 13 7 2 Aberdeen VIII 11 11 5 Junglighat IX 15 15 11 School Line X 11 11 11 Total 200 200 141 2 21 137 34 with adjounlng houses In space of locality Number of separate Number of houses which Number of houses which are houses without compound are flats in multiflat house unit ftats floors in multi floor housing unit No. of Problem faced No. of Problem fac- No. of houses Problem faced houses unspecified houses eel unspecified 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 8 5 11 5 4 9 4 4 2 5 16 5 43 5 138 APPENDIX-35 Distribution of houses by predomlnent materlalsof floor, Wall, roof and ceiling by locality Locality Predominant materials of floor Timber Cement Mud Cement & Cement & Cement & clay mud timber 2 3 4 5 6 7 Haddo I 3 17 AnQr1(a1y II 5 Kumda Kheti III 35 B Phoenix Bay IV 3 14 Aberdeen village V 5 12 3 Aberdeen Bazar VI 12 8 Babuline \ VII 1 12 Aberdeen VIII 9 Junglighat IX 5 9 School Line X 10 Predominant materials of wall Timber Cement Brick & Cement & Cement & Tin sheet Concrete limber timber chattai 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 2 4 17 6 Concrete & 2 Cement-I 28 Timber & Cement& . Wood, Bamboo Tin sheet Tin and mud timber Than; 8. Th 18 Cement Thin 1 1 20 13 10 15 11 139 APPENDIX-35 (Concld.) PreoominenlmaJerials of roQf Asbestos--Sheet ~Iuminium Timber Asbesto;; GI sheet sheet con cement crete 15 16 17 18 19 20 Haddo I 14 3 4 Anarkaly II 5 7 6 6 Culf 2 Kumda Kheli learces III 3 11 8 Tin 4 sheet Light PhoenilcBay 15 Prof IV 5 Gl sheet 2 Aberdeen V~lage Thatch sheet & tin 1 5 5 V 1 5 8 5 2 Aberdeen Bazar VI 20 Babuline VII 8 5 Aberdeen Vf!I 5 5 Concrete 1 Junglighat IX 4 Asbestos 7 3 School Line X 8 3 Predominant material of cailin~ Predominant matarial of door & window Timber Asbestos Plywood Tin Timber Timber & Timber & Tin & Remarks iron Brass Timber 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 8 19 4 S 3 3 Concrete 15 11 2 Tin-} 2 33 2 .5 Tin-2 5 Tin }6 J .5 19 11 2 9 11 3 10 2 3 10 4 10 5 1 5 s 3 -- - - ._-_- 140 APPENDIX· Households classified by number of members, Locality Total Total Total H.H. with one room H.H. with 2 rooms H.H. with 3 rooms No.of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of mem- H.H. rooms HH members H. H. members H.H. members bers studied M F 2 3 4 5 6 7 Q 9 10 11 70 80 23 58 6 31 8 47 5 36 II 90 77 27 62 4 17 16 92 2 17 III 122 102 43 71 24 102 13 67 3 24 IV 61 56 17 50 4 23 5 29 3 21 V 63 65 20 44 8 41 5 39 2 11 VI 67 72 20 58 4 18 6 37 4 28 VII 47 41 13 42 3 13 3 18 5 VIII 41 47 11 40 3 19 6 2 14 IX 50 47 15 53 3 15 3 16 2 19 X 45 49 11 56 2 13 TOTAL 656 636 200 534 59 279 60 351 26 188 141 36 number of rooms occupied and locality H.H. with 4 rooms H.H. with 5 rooms H.H. with 6 rooms H. H. with 7 rooms H.H. with 8 rooms H.H. wlth,9 rooms No. of No. 01 mem- No. of No. of No. of No. 01 No. of No. of No. onllo-:Of No-:or-N~-f.. H.H. bers H.H. members H.H. members H.H. members H.H. members H.H. members 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2 8 12 16 5 41 3 31 2 15 2 18 11 5 37 2 15 2 25 2 16 4 31 15 6 2 18 2 16 15 2 15 5 3 22 5 2 19 2 13 4 40 9 ----_. 29 230 5 43 15 139 3 32 2 15 15 142 APPENDIX-37 Households classified by locality, duration of stay in the present residence and tenural status Locality Duration of Total Number of households living in houses which are Remarks present r" number sidence of H,H Owned Rented Allotted 2 3 4 5 6 7 Less than 1 year 1-4 years 5-9 years 1 1 10+ years 22 16 3 3 II 1-4 years 5-9 years 2 1 1 10+ years 25 10 7 8 III 1-4 years 2 1 5-9 years 3 3 10+ years 38 12 24 2 encroachment IV 1-4 years 5-9 years 10+ years 16 10 4 2 V 1-4 years 5-9 years 10+ years 20 13 7 VI 1-4 years 5-9 years 1 1 10+ years 19 6 13 VII i-4 years 5-9 years 1 1 10 ... years 12 5 7 VIII 1-4 years 5-9 years 2 2 10+ years 9 5 4 IX 1-4 years 5-9 years 2 2 10+ years 13 10 3 X 1-4 years 5-9 years 10+ years 11 11 Total 200 98 57 43 2 encroachment 143 APPENDIX- 38 Existence of furniture by locality and duration Of stay I:, the present residence Locality Duration Total No. No. of house Number of households having of stay ir. of house- holds having Chair Table Devan Cot Newarcot Almirah the present holds no furniture residence ~~------~ 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 5+years 23 23 19 15 4 22 7 II 1-4 years 1 1 1 1 5+ years 26 25 22 21 6 23 10 III 1-4 years 2 2 1 2 2 5+ years 41 33 20 16 33 6 3 IV 1-4 years 1 1 1 1 1 1 5+ years 16 15 13 13 4 15 6 V 5+ years 20 20 18 17 2 19 2 10 VI 5+ years 20 20 18 18 10 20 15 VII 5+ years 13 13 12 13 13 7 VIII 5+ years 11 11 10 10 10 7 IX 5+ years 15 15 13 ;3 4 14 8 X 1-4 years 1 1 1 1 1 1 5+ years 10 10 10 10 3 10 10 Total 200 190 159 150 35 184 12 85 ~------_ 144 APPENDIX- Light and fuel by locality Migrant householu Locality Total Number using Number using number ------of households Fuel 1 Fuel 2 Fuel 3 Fuel 4 Light 1 Light 2 Light 3 Fire wood K. oil Coal saw electric K. oil dust 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Haddo I 23 17 2 17 3 Anarkaly II 27 16 5 22 Kumda Kheti III 43 36 4 39 Phoenix Bay IV 17 8 6 13 Aberdeen village V 20 7 7 Aberdeen Bazar VI 20 12 2 13 Sabuline VII 13 5 2 8 Aberdeen VIII 11 5 3 8 Junglight IX 15 4 5 9 School Line X 11 4 4 ------_. Total 200 114 30 2 140 7 145 39 and migration status of household Non-migrant household Number using Number using Fuel 1 Fuel 2 Fuel 3 Fuel 4 Light 1 Light 2 Light 3 Remarks fire K.oil Coal Saw Elecltlo K. 011 wood dust 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3 3 3 2 5 3 3 2 3 12 12 4 2 6 4 5 2 3 6 6 7 7 43 10 53 146 APPENDIX Presence of lUxury and costly Locality Total number No. of HH Number 01 households possessing of households possessing Wrist Table Radio Television . GrammO::--· Tape Fridge lUxury and watch clock phone recorder costly goods 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Hacldo I 23 3 17 7 16 7 Anarkaly II 27 22 7 21 8 Kumda Kheti III 43 10 29 8 22 2 Phoenix Bay IV 17 ~ 13 13 11 3 5 Aberdeen village V 20 3 15 8 13 2 Aberdeen Bazar VI 20 2 18 12 15 11 7 SabUline VII 13 11 8 11 2 4 Aberdeen VIII 11 11 '5 10 4 Junglighat IX 15 13 9 12 3 School Line X 11 11 6 10 3 Total 200 22 160 83 141 5 5 49 11 147 40 goods by locality Numberbf households possessing -=----- Scooter Sewing Tele- Locker Two-in Wall Cycle Jeep Remarks machine phone one clock ._----- _-- _._ ------___ 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 3 4 3 2 8 2 3 3 2 6 25 5 2 2 149 APPENDIX- 42 Distribution of hou~eh~ds by nature of relation of members to head of household and migration status of head of household Nature of relation of members Number of households where migration Remarks to head of household status of head of household is Non-migrant Migraiit---TOtaI 2 3 4 5 Self Self, spouse 2 2 Self, spouse, unmarried sons & daughter 20 105 125 Self, Spouse, married, son and son's wife with or without unmarried sons & 14 ,, 25 daughters. Self, spouse, married brother, brothers wife with/without unmarried sons & dau- 2 2 ghters. Self, spouse, married brother, brother's wife married son, son's wife with/without unmarried sons/or wife withlwithout unmarried sons/or and daughter. Self (male), unmarried son/daughter Self (f~male) , unmarried son/daughter 2 3 Self, spouse with or without unmarried son/ daughter and widowed father Self, spouse with or without unmarried son daughter and widowed mother 3 3 Other (sepcify) self, spouse, son and son's wife, daughter, daughter's husband, brother ... ~d daughters daughter Self spouse with daughter & son, sister's son 2 Self spouse with daughter, sister, 2 2 sister's sons, daughters selt, spouse with unmarried daughters and sons, unmarried brother, son's son and widowed mother. Self, spouse with unmarried sons and daughter and daughter's, daughter. 2 2 Self, spouse with unmarried sons and daughter daughter's husband, married 2 2 brother Self, spouse with unmarried sons & daughters unmarried brother/daughters/son 5 5 Self, and spouse with sons and brother's son daughter & daughter's husband with unmarried sons and daughters. Self, and spouse with unmarried daughter, unmarried sister and mother. Self, daughter daughter/husband with daughter's son and daughter. Self (female) sons & son's wife. 2 2 Self, spouse and unmarried brother and with or without sons and daughter. 5 5 150 APPENDIX- 42 (Concld.) Nature of relation of members Number of households where migration to head of household status of head of household is Non-migrant Migrant Total Remarks 2 3 4 5 Self, spouse, sons/daughter with father and mother. Self, spouse, sons and daughters sons, daughter and adopted daughter. Self, spouse married son and son's wife with or without 2 2 unmarried sons & daughters with unrelated members. Self, spouse with unmarried sons & dau9hters with unmarried wile's si$ter. Self, spouse with unmarried sons and-daughters with married and unmarried brothers. Self, (female) with unmarried sons and daughter and widowed daughter's sons and daughters. Se!!, spouse with unmarried sons and daughters with married brother. Self, (male) with brothers wife (W) sons & son's wife. Self, spouse with unmarried sons & daughters widowed mother, widowed brother's wife with unmarried son & daughters. Self, (male) with sons /I, son's wile with sons & daughters. Self, spouse with unmarried sons daughter and mother, Total 147 200 ------.. '-----~~-.- 151 APPENDIX-43 Destrlbutlon of households by type and educational level of head of household Type of household Number of househvlds where educational level of head of household is Remarks Illiterate Education Below Primary Matric Diploma Degree & Total without level primary certifi- above cate 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 1. Nudear 8 13 30 31 39 4 125 2. Supplemented nuclear 3. Sub-nuclear 2 4 4. Single-Person 5. Supplemented sub-nuclear 1 4 13 10 .:3 32 6. Collateral Joint 2 2 6 7. Supplemented Collateral .3 Joint ., 8, Lineal Joint 2 3 2 3 13 9, Supplemented Lineal Joint - 10, Lineal Collateral Joint 2 4 7 11. Supplemented Lineal Collateral Joint 12. Others (specify) 2 7 Total 15 21 55 39 60 2 8 200 152 APPENDIX-44 Remittances sent by households to absentee family members classified by relationship to head of households and present address. Average amount sent by each household to absentee Relationship Number of Number of member whose rJdresses with head of households absentee Same town Other Rural Other district household family mem- separate towns areas 01 01 the State bers household 01 the the ------(PL) district district Andaman Rural Urban Nicobar -~~- .. --.--~--~---~--~-----.---~-~--- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 -~-- - _._ ----_._------~-. 1. Father 17 35 ~Q_ 200 1 1 ~. Daughter 2 3 3. Mother 19 24 500-, 4. Son 3 5 5. Brother 6. Sister -----_------.. ~---.----- _-----_._ Total 43 69 3500/- 2OfJ/- 2 Average amount sent by each household to absentee members whose addresses Other State Tamll Delhi Andhra West Bengal Bihar M.F Kerala Total Remarks Nadu 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 4500 3200 2100 600 4800 18400 10821- -4- -4- -3- 1 3 ---w 3600 3600 7200 3600/- -1- 1 2 9400 2900 3300 1200 6000 23300 1226/- -4- -3- -1- 8 2 19 6000 500 3900 10400 2600/- ·1 1 2- 4 1000 1000 10001- 1 1 1000 1000 ---,-- -,-- 10001- 13,900/- 3,600/· 6,100/- 9,600/· 5,400/- 2,300/· 16,700/- 61,300/· 14651- -8- -6- -3-- -"2- -,- ----r ---r- ~ ---_--- .------.. _---._ .-._-----_ 153 APPENDJX-45 Particulars of family members staying out side by educational level and relation to head of houehold Educational level Number of persons sta~ing outside who are related 10 head of household Father Mother Son Daughter Brother Sister 2 3 4 5 6 7 Illiterate 21 38 3 2 3 Education wilhoullevel Below primary 2 4 Primary 4 8 5 7 Matric 2 .. 2 5 2 Diploma & certificate Degree and above ~ Total 29 48 15 2 .20 6 154 APPENDIX· Particulars of persons staying outside by occupation Of Accounting of Number of households whose members staying outside w~re related to head of households as head of households Total Father Mother Son Daughter Brother Sister Father & Fathers number of mother brother Households 2 3 4 5 S 7 8 9 10 021 072 202 211 231 1 241 2 1 300 11 4 3 320 1 350 2 ... 358 401 4 3 409 1 430 2 ... 560 2 2 571 574 541 663 1 - 811 5 2 852 872 951 959 932 974 981 1 986 6 2 2 999 16 1 4 3 3 Non grath 4 2 1 Related 2 Total 74 5 27 7 4 14 3 155 46 head of households and nature of relation with head of household Number of households whose members staying ('utside were related to head 01 households as Father' & Mother & Mother & Father,mother Father, mother Father, brQlherFlilther,mother Son & sister brother sister & brother· brother & sistef &sister brother daughter 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 2 2 4 157 APPENDIX-48 Frequency of visit to rural areas by members of household clas!>:fied by locality of the household and distance of the places visHed Locality Total No. 01 households Distance .Number 01 household members of which visited house- No. of whose 01 places Once Twice Thrice Four times Five times or more hold house. members visited hold visited rural in Kms. areas 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 . --~.------~-. , Haddo 23 16 20-50 1 1 1 2 51-100 2 3 3 3 Anarkaly 27 14 1-10 11-20 1 21-50 3 2 51-100 1 1 101-200 200+ Kumda Kheti 43 10 1-10 1 11-20 1 21-50 4 101-200 2 1 Phoenix Bay 17 10 1-10 11-20 21-50 51-100 2 101-200 200+ Aberdeen 20 12 1-10 Village 11-20 1 21-50 3 2 51-100 2 Aberdeen 20 8 1-10 1 Bazar 21-50 2 1 51-100 2 Babuline 13 5 11-20 21-50 51-100 2 Aberdeen 11 2 11-20 101-200 Junglighat 15 12 11-20 1 21-50 5 2 51-100 1 School line 11 10 1-10 2 4 21-50 1 51-100 1 Total 200 99 18 37 17 3 24 APPENDIX - 49 LIST OF TRADE UNIONS Sf. No. Name ot Union Wnen established Whether Affi- liated to any All India/ Regional Organisation 2 3 4 1. Marine Employ1ees Union 27.5.57 INTUC 2. Forest Employe'es Welfare Union 25.2.65 3. Forest Employees Union, Chatham. 23.4.65 4. Middle Andaman, Forest Employees Union, Long Island 26.8.66 5. State Transport Workms Union 15.10.66 6. A & N Light House Employees Union 16.2.70 7. Andaman Public Works Capartment Stores and Worksrlop Workers Union 23.2.71 8. A & N Shop Workms Union 19.5.71 9. Public Works Labour Union 3.8.71 10. Hinterland Seamen Union 20.12.72 CIT,U 11. Seamen Union 17.11.75 12. Forest Labour Union, Mill Division 17.11.75 13. Andaman WIMCO Employees Union 30.4.77 INTUC 14. Andaman Wood Products Mazdoor Union 28.6.77 15. Beals Marine Employees Union 14.9.77 16. The Public Works Department Employees Union, North Andaman 4.10.77 17. The Janatha Harbour Works Employees Union 31.10.77 18. WIMCO Workers Union 9.1.78 CITU 19. Port Workers Union 11.1.78 20. PJantation Crops Workers Union 18.9.78 21. Andaman Forest Extraction Workers Union 7.12.78 22. Construction Division Workers Union, Rangat 4.6.79 158 159 APPENDIX - 49 (Concld.) 1 2 3 4 23. Forest Plantation & Development Corpn. Employees Union 16.1.79 24. Andaman Sarvagenic Nirman Vibhag Mazdoor Sangh. 2.6.62 25. Mar~ime Workers Union 5.8.66 26. Plantation LabOur Union 9.10.69 27. P.W.D. WorkshOp Employees Union 18.12.72 28. Govemment Press Employees Union 28.2.72 29. Municipal Employees Union 26.2.74 INTUC 30. General Employees Union 17.11.75 INTUC 31. Industries Employees Union 17.11.75 32. Forest Marine Employees Union 3.8.77 33. Andaman HarbOlJr Works Employees Union 26.9.77 34. "ort & Dock Workers Union 22.8.79 35. Andaman Beach Resort Karmachari Union 12.10.79 36. Andaman Sarkar Karshik Karmachari Sangh 8.1.65 37. Forest Zoo Employees Union 19.4.80 38. Electricity Employees Union 5.7.80 INDUe 39. Press Workers Union 7.8.80 40. Forest Protection Force Employees Union 5.11.80 41. Cinema Employees Union 6.12.80 42. Municipal Workers Union 27.12.80 43. Ports Labour Union 27.12.8f 44. Andaman Tailoring Workers Union 21.2.81 45. Independent APWD Workers Union 7.4.81 413. Co-operative Bank Employees Union 18.4.81 APPENDIX -50 MUNICIPAL BOARD Port Blair BYE-LAWS FOR GRANT OF L1C~NCE TO COr-lTROL SALE OF FOOD WITHIN THE LIMITS OF PORT BLAIR MUNICIPAL AREA. stored in glass fronted almirahs to prevent contamina These Bye-Laws may be called the Port Blair Mu tion by dust and made ant-proof. Premises will be kept nicipal Board Bye-Laws for grant of licence for sale of free of flies by the constant spraying with an insecticide food within the limits of Port Blair Municipal Area. such as 'Flit' 'Dizinon' etc. They shall come into force with immediate effect. 7. All ingredients used in the preparation of food and eatables in the licensed premises shall be good and 1. No person shall open a public Eating House, Food wholesome and free from aduHeration and of good Stall, Tea-shop Bakery or place where sweets and other quality. food articles and drinks are manufactured, stored or exposed for sale, without a licence granted in that behalf 8. A licensed eating house shall be provided with a under these Bye-laws. proper washing up platform for cleaning of dishes. etc. The platform shall be paved and properly drained. All The licence obtained underthese'Sye-laws shall be dusters used must be cleaned and boiled at the end of framed and displayed in a conspicuous spot on the each day or if necessary at a shorter intervals daily. licenced permises. 9. An eating house or its kitchen shall not be situated 2. Each licence shall provide and use a dust bin close to any latrine or water closet. The kitchen shall titted with proper lid. Waste food, rubbish, etc., will not be have a chimney of the size and plan to be approved by thrown about on the surrounding ground or in the drains, the Health officer, to serve as an outlet for smoke. but into these bins. Bins will be emptied once or twice or as many times daily as may be necessary in the munici 10. All cooking utnsesils shall be kept clean and in pal dust bins and no rubbish will be allowed to remain in the case of sueh utensiis as are of brass or copper, they the dust bins provided for in the premises as aforesaid shall be coated with tin. for more than 6 hours especially in the case of waste of 11. No person suffering from acommunicable dis meat, fish or such other perishable aritcles. ease shall be employed by the employed by the licensee to work in the licensed premises. 3. The floor of every cooking, storage and eating room shall be made out of brick and cement or some 12. Every table used on the premises shall be other impervious materials. The floor walls and roof shall covered with zinc sheet, stone or any other impervious .be kept scrupulously clean. material without any crevices or cracks. 4. The permises shall be kept clean, adequately 13. No person shall be employed in the Establish lighted and well ventilated and lime washed at least once ment of a licensed premises, unless he or she has been in six months or earlier, if so directed by the Health inocculated against Cholera and Typhoid and holds a Officer or paiilted once a year and a record to show the valid Health certificate to that effect. date of every such lime washing or painting shall be maintained by the licensee. 14. A receptacle with perpetual boiling water should . be prov·ided for scalding the rims of cups, saucers and 5. Galvanised iron or such other good quality tin or glasses before serving drinks. barrel with lids or cement tank with cover and anti-waste taps approved by the Health Officer shall be providep by Every application for licence shall be in Form I the licensee for the .storage of drinking water trom an appended to these Bye-laws and shall be made to the approved source. The cement tank, if provided, shall Chairman of the Board. He may issue to licence if he is also Li:! white washed every six months or earlier. satisfied that the permises in respect of which the licence is applied for. satisfy the requirments of these Bye-::~",: 6. The aritcles that atraet flies shall be protected by . Every licence issued under these Bye-laws shall be in a covering of fine wire gauze. Sweet meats, etc. shall be 160 161 Fonn " appended to these Bye-laws. conversant about the use and handling of hte said equipment. 15. Every such licence shall, unless sooner sus pended or revoked, be valid for the period ending March (i) Any licence granted under these Bye-laws may at 31st next following. Application for renewal shall be any time be suspended or revoked by the Chairman if made to the Chairman in Form III atleast one month any of the provisions of the Bye-laws is evaded or before the expiry of the licence. infringed by the licensee or if the licensee is convicted of a breach of any of its provisions or if the licensee has 16. The Chairman, Secretary or Health Officer of the obtained the same by misrepresentation or fraud. Board or any officer duly authorised by the Board in that behalf may enter any premises in respect of which a licence is given or required under these Bye-laws be tween sunrise and sunset for the purpose of satisfying (Ii) Notwithstanding anything contained in these themselves whether any provision of the Bye-laws is Bye-laws a licence may also be suspended or revoked being contravened. by the Chairman at the outbreak or during the preval. ance of any epidemic. 17. Any inspecting authority will have right to enter any licensed premised or the premised for which licence (ill) Any person aggrieved by the order of the Chair· has been applied for, at any time tor purposes of inspec man granting, refusing, suspending or revoking a li tion and the licensee shall sender all necessary help of cence, may appeal to the Board within thirty days from carry out such Inspection. the date of such order. 18. No person shall be allowed by the licensee to \ 22. All hotel licences issued in the Port Blair Munici sleep within the room used for preparation or storage of pal area under the Notification No. 12011936 dated 13th food or drink. February, 1936 of the A & N Administration shall cease to have effect on the commencement ofthese Bye-Laws 19. The Sanitary Inspector of the Board is author and the hotel keepers, etc. shall, within a period of 45 ised to Inspect any food stuff whether cooked or un days from the commencement Of these Bye-laws, obtain cooked intended for human consuption and exposed or necessary licences under the provisions of these Bye intended for sale. In cases where it is considered unfit for laws, failing which they will be deemed to have failed to human consumption, he is authorised to seize them tor comply with the provisions of these Bye·laws and with. final inspection by the Heath Officer, Municipal Board out care, they will render themselves liable to punish with a view to their being destroyed, if considered ment under the provisions of Bye-law 28. necessary by the Health Officer. 23. Whoever contravenes any provisions of any of 20. The licensee shall put up a Notice Board contain the above Bye-laws or whoever fails to oomply with any ing separate lists of articles wl'lich have been cooked in requisition lawfully made upon him und.er any of the said ghee, edible oil, vanaspati and other fats for the informa bye-laws or section of the said Regulation shall be tion of the oonsumers. punished with a fine which may extend to Rs. 501- and in the case of continuing breach with afurther fine which 21. The licenced premised shall be provided with fire may extend to Rs. 5/- for every subsequent day afterthe fighting equipment for being used In the event of out date first conviction during which the offender is proved break of fire. The licensee shall a1so arrange to make his to have persisted in the offence. iemployees working in the licensed premises to be APPENDIX-51 BYE-LAWS FOR REGULATIG HAIR DRESSING SALOONS OR BARBERS' SHOPS Officer. (Under Section 42, 127 (c) and 194 (r) of the An daman and Nicobar Islands (Municipal Board's) Regu 11. Brushes shall be made of good materials and lations, 1957) -- shall be thoroughly washed, cleaned and sterilized every day before use. 1. Except under a licence and a accordance with the terms and conditions of such licence no person shall 12. The licensee shall provide a movable bin made keep a hair dressing saloon or a Barbers shop or engage of galvanized iron for the reception of hair and sweep in barbers trade in a public place within the Port Blair ings which he shall keep or cause to be kept covered with Municipal Area. a close fitting lid. 2. A licence shall be current for one year only, i.e. 13. All hair and sweeping shall be collected at upto 31 st March and shall be renewable annually in the frequent intervals and deposited in the bin, the contents month of April. of which shall be emptied into a municipal dust bin twice a day. \ . 3. All saloons and barbers', shops shall be of suffI- cient size with a floor space of not less than 1d, x 1O~ and 14. The vessels utilized forthe storage of water shall not less than 1d, in height except in the case of saloons be kept scrupulously clean and covered wih mosquito and shops in existence before these bye-laws came into proof covers. operation where a small floor area may be permitted at the discretion of the Licensing Authority. 15. All basins for washing and all skins and washing places on the premises shall be efficientlydrained by 4. All saloons and barbers' shops shall be properly pipes which shall be properly tapped and which shall be ventilated and lighted and approved by the Health Offi disconnected from any pipe or gully, which communi cer. cates directly with a drain carrying sewage. 5. The whole of the floor of a saloon or barbers' shop shall be paved or covered with materials, the upper 16. At the end of each days' work, all implements, surface of which shall be smooth, even and impervious aprons, towels, etc., shall be thoroughly cleaned and to dust. washed. 6. The premises shall be kept in a sanitary condition 17. No unserviceable articles shall be kept on the and the licensee shall be bound to carry out all the premises and no encroachment shall be made on the requisitions of the Health Officer in this behalf. road or footpath. 7. The floor shall be swept three times a day, before 18. No barber shall atend on any customer who is commencement of the work, at noon and at the close of visibly suffering from an infectious skin disease or any each days work. other similar infectious ailments. 8. All tables should have smooth and even surface 19. The utmost cleanliness shall be maintained by or marble zinc or other materials to be approved by the the barber in their work. They shall wear clean clothes Health Officer, and shall be washed and cleaned daily and wash their hands after each customer has been and kept free from accumulation of hair. attended to. 9. Each customer shall be provided with a clean 20. No barber who is suffering from an infectious .apron and towel. skin disease or any other infectious ailment shall be allowed to attend customers or to be present on the 10. Razors, scissors and other implements shall be licensed premises. disinfected immediately after use and before they are employed for another customer, by dipping them in boil 21. The licencee shall cause his licence to be affixed ing water or by other method approved by the Health in some conspicuous part of the premises to which i. 162 163 relate. 25. The Chairman of the Board shall be the lic~\nsing 22. The licences will also be liable to suspension or authorty. revocation by the Chairman of the Board, if the premises are so kept on the trade or any operation connected with 26. An appeal or revision from the order of licensing it is so carried on, as to be, in the opinion of Health authority under Bye-law No. 25 shall lie to the Board Officer, a source of nuisance or danger to life, health or within a period of one month, whose decision shall be property of the persons, residing in or resorting to the final. neighbourhood. PENALTY 23. The fees chargeable for this licence, as fixed by the Board is Rs. 5/- only per annum payable in advance. In exercise of the powers conferred by Section Half yearly fees shall be chargeable in respect of li 195(2) of the Andaman and Nicobar Island (Municipal cences granted on or after 1st October, full yearly fees Baord's) Regulation, 1957, the Port Blair Municipal being payable in case of licences granted befc.re that Board directs that a breach of any of the above Bye-laws date. shall be punished with fine which may exend to fifty rupees, and, in the case of a continuing, breach, with a 24. A licence granted shall be deemed to be Subject further fine which may extend to five rupees for every to the conditions set out in Bye-laws 2 to 23 above. subsequent day during which the breach continues. APPENDIX - 52 BYE-LAWS FOR THE REGISTRATION OF DOGS IN THE PORT BLAIR MUNICIPAL AREA 1. Every dog of the age of six months or over which shall state (1) the sex, (2) the age, (3) the colour and (4) is kept within the Municipal limits shall be registered the breed (if known) of the dog and shall be accompa every year in a register to be kept in the office of the nied by a fee of Rs. 3/- for registration and 25 P as the Municipal Board for this purpose. Such registration shall cost ot token. No dog shall be registered until such fees hold good upto the 31st March, mext following. have been paid. 2. Every owner of a dog which is required to be 3. After a dog has registered, the owner shall be registered under the preceding Bye-law shall apply to given a metal token which shall bear the same number the Health Officer, Municipal Board, for registration of as that shown in the register. Every registered dog shall such dog, within one month from the date on which the wear a collar to which the metal token shall be attached dog has become liable to registration. The aplication by the owner. 164 APPENDIX - 53 BYE-LAWS UNDER SECTIONS 42,127 (3) and 194 (0) OF THE ANDAfI:AN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS (MUNICIPAL HOARD'S REGULATION, 1957 FOR STORAGE OF PETROL IN THE MUNICIPAL AREA 1. No person, except one who holds a licence under and any application for the renewal 01 the licence must the Petroleum Act, 1934, shall within the limits of the be made at least one month before the expiration of the Municipality, store without a licence any quantity of existing licence. petroleum (other than petroleum which has its flashing point not below 200' F) acetone, wood naphtha, methyl (g) The licenced premises used for the storage alcohol or any other substance containing any of the dangerous petroleum shall be properly ventilated. foregoing, in excess of the amount specified below :- (h) The licenced is liable to be cancelled or sus (a) Dangerous petroleum, acetone, wood naphtha. pended for the breach of any of the conditions of the methyl alcohol and product containing any of them 9 licence. litres. 3. The fee to be charged for a licence forthe storage (b) Non-dangerous petroleum and product conain :>f petroleum shall be as follows :- ing 11 54 litres. (a) Any quantity of petroleum in excess of the limit (c) Hevy petroleum, Le., petroleum having a flashing prescribed under the Bye-law 1 and not exceeding 450 point not below 150' F- 292.5 litres. litres - Rs 2.00. 2. All licences for the storage of petroleum shall (b) For quantity of petroleum in excess of 450 litres deemed to have been granted subject to the following and not exeeding 1,350 litres • Rs 5.00. conditions :- (c) For quantities in excess of 1350 lit res Rs. 1.37 (a) No other goods of a combustible nature shall be per 450 litres or part thereof. stored in the licensed premises. 4. The Chairman of the Board shall be the licensing (b) Petroleum shall be stored in gas-tight recep authority. tacles. 5. An appeal or r6vision from the order of licensing (c) Containers shall be only opened in the licensed authority under Bye-law No.4 shall lie to the Board within p,emises and one at a time. And all reasonable care a period of one month, whose decision shall be final. shall be taken to prevent the escape of petroleum or any vapour thereof. PENALITY (d) No fire, or source of heat or light capable of igniting inflammable vapour shall be allowed at or near In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 195 the place reserved for the storage and decanting of (2) of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands (Municipal petroleum. Board's) Regulation, 1957, the Port Blair Municipal Board directs that a breach of any of the above Bye-laws (e) Adequate precautions shall be taken at all time shall be punishable with fine which may extend to fifty for the prevention of accidents by fire or explosion. rupees, and, in the case of a continuing breach. with a further fine which may extend to five rupees for every (f) Every licence granted under these Bye-laws shall subsequent day during which the breach continues. be for the period ending on 31 st March next following 165 APPENDIX - 54 BYE·LAWS FOR THE REGISTRATION OF BIRTHS AND DEATHS IN THE MUNICIPAL AREA IN PORT BLAIR Under Section 19,1 (c) of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands (Municipal Board's) Regulation, 1957. 10. Name of Dai, Midwife or Doctor who attended the birth 1. The head of every family resident in or on a visit to the Port Blair Municipal area, the head of any Hostel, 11. Age of mother at the time of birth Orphanage or similar institutions, the keepar or Person in -charge of every Hotel, Lodging House, Dharamsala 12. Number of previous pregnancy or Sarai, Medical Practitioners of Western, Indigenous or any other system of medicine the ships, Surgeon or 13. Signature of Recording Officer Captain of a Vessel while anchoring at Port Blair, the Nurse, Midwife or Dai assisting at the birth shall within Provided that when the birth of a child is registered three days of the occurrence of any birth or death within without name, it shall bethe dutyofthe head of the family the limits 01 their charges on practice, as the case may 10 report the name 01 the child to the Registrar wiihin 6 be, report the same personally or by an agert or in months. writing in accordance with the provisions of the following Bye-laws. If any birth (including still birth) or death B. Regarding Death occurs in a Hospital or Jail ij shall be the duty of the Director of Medical and Health Services or the Superin 1. Date and time of death. tendent of Jail as the case may be, to report the occur rence 10 the Registrar within 3 days. Respective Cho 2. Name of deceased and name of his/her wdhury wi" also send a report from the area under his father, husband or guardian charge. 3. Sex Notes :- 4. Caste and profession (il In this and all following Bye-laws ''births'' shall include "stillbirths" which shall be entered in RED. 5. Age (ii) The Medical Officer of Health will be the Registrar 6. Casuse of death attested by Medical Practitio for the purpose of these Bye-laws. ner or any other medical attendant incase when a medica! practitioner is in attendance 2. The repot shall contain the following particuars: A Regarding Birth 7. Name of Mohalla, Number of house accordi 1. Date and time of birth ng to door plate 2. Name of child 8. Place of Cremation or burial. 3. Whether still born 9. Name of Medical Practitioner or any other medical attendant who attended the deceased. 4. Name of father or mother 10. Name of reporter 5. Sex 11. Signature of Recording Officer with date 6. Caste 12. Signature or thumb impression 01 Reporter, 7. Profession of father or Mother or Guradian his address and relationship to thedeceased 8. Name of Mohalls. Number of house accord 3. The report shall be made at the (birth and death ing to door plate registration office) Municipal Board. 9. Name of Reporter. 166 167 4. The Choudhry Chowkidar or Councillor of the of an~ request. Mahalia shall report personally within 3 days the ac curance of any birth or death in his Mohalla at the (2) On application, duplicate copies of these Registration Officer. could be issued on payment of fee of Rs. 1/- per COpy. 5. The Registrar shall ascertain and register the (3) Any person may ; particulars required to be registered inclusive of every birth and death which has not been reported. (i) at all reasonable time on payment of 6. Any person who performs the funeral ceremonies prescribed fee of fifty paise search any of a person lying within the Municipal area shall, when register of births or deaths in the pres ever required, furnish to the Registrar such information ence of the Registrar; or as he possesses regarding the particulars required for registration. (ii) apply in writing for a search to be made in such register by the Registrar on 7. Any person bringing a corpse for burial orcrema payment of a fee of Rs. 2/- (Rupees two tion shall, if so required by an order of executive author only) for eaach entry specified in the ity, sign at the burial or cremation ground, as the case appl icat ion. may be , declaration in form prescribed by the authority stating the cause of death and the name of the medical 10. (i) Any clerical error in the register of births or attendant if any, who attended on the deceased within deaths or any error in the cause of dealt) in the register 72 hours immediately proceding the death. of deaths found by the Registrar shall be corrected by him. 8. (1) When any case of omission to register the birth or death is discovered by, or brought to the notice of the Provided that no entry shall be corrected more than Registrar, he shall after ascertaining on such enquiry as a year after it is made except with the previous sanction he may deem fit, the date and any particulars relating to of the District Magistrate of the District. birth and death, as the case may be, register the name or cause the seune to be registered provided that no reg (ii) Any other error in the said register shall be istration shall be made under this sub rule after the corrected under the orders of a Magistrate having juris expiry of one year from the birth or death. diction over the ioeal area. Any order under this sub-rule shall not be passed unless the Magistrate is satisfied, on (2) A birth or death not registered within one year obtaining a report tram the village official concerned or after the occurrence shall be entered only under the after making such enquiry as he may consider neces orders of the Magistrate having junsdiction overthe local sary that the original entry is incorrect. area. (iii) (a) All corrections under sub-rule (i) and (ii) No order under this sub-rule shall be made unless shall be made by drawing a line through the original entry the Magistrate is satisfied on obtaining a report from the (but not so as to render it illegible or by writing a new village official concerned or after making such enquiry entry over it.) as he may consider necessary that the birth or death took place on the date alleged and that it has not been (b) Corrections made under sub-rules (i) and registered. (ii) shall be initialled arid dated by the Registrar. (3) Every entry made in the register under sub rule (1) or sub-rule (2) shall be initialled and dated by the PENALTY Registrar. Any person bound by Bye-laws No.1, 2 and 4 above 9.(1) An authenticated extract from the Registerwill to report the occurrance of any birth or death or any be issued by the Registrar on a fee of Rs. 4/- at the time person bound by Bye-laws No.6 and 7 above to give the required information fails to do so, he shall be liable to a fine of Rs. 101- (Rupees ten only). APPENDIX - 55 BYE-LAWS FOR SALE OR EXPOSE FOR SALE OF FISHWITHIN THE MUNICIPAL AREA UNDER SECTION 112 OF THE ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS (MUNICIPALBOARD'S) REGULATION,1957. 1. No person shall sell or expose for sale any fish frames and doors or chiks hung up on all open sides so within the limits of the Municipality, unless he has been that the fish for sale is not visible to the passers-by. granted a licence under these Bye-laws. 7. The floorofthe shops or stalls and walls should be 2. The Chairman shall be the Licensing Officer for of a height of 4 feet from the; earth surface pucca the purpose of these Bye-laws. plastered with cement and shall be washed every day before the shop is closed. . Any person desiring to obtain a licence under these Bye-laws shall make an application in form "A" hereto 8. The shop shall be whHe-washed once in every six appended. months. 3. On receipt of an application in form "A" the 9. No one shall hawk fish for sale except in a clean licensing officer shall, within 30 days from the date 01 receptacle covered with clean cloth, receipt of application, may grant the licence or may refuse to grant of application, may grant the licence or 10. A fee of Rs. 51- (Rupees five only) shall be may refuse to grant iffor reasons to be recorded In charged from every shop keeper and Rs. 2/- (Rupees writing. two only) from every hawker as licence fee under these Bye-Laws. 4. A licence in form "B" shall be granted uoderthese Bye-laws subject to the following conditions :- 11. The Chairman or the Health Officer shall have the discretion to suspend, refuse or cancel a licence if (a) The licensee shail not seil or expose for sale any there is a breach of any of the aforesaid conditions, fish which is in the state of decomposition. 12.An appeal against the orders of the Chairman (b) The shop or place for the sale of fish shall be shall lie to the Board within 10 days from the date of kept neat and clean communication of the orders of such refl,lsal, cancella tion or suspension of the licence. (c) The license, shall not keep any fish intended for sale in or on board or stone-slab 13. Every licence shall run from the date of issue to 31st March following. Anapplication for renewal shall be (d) The I!censee shall not sell fish at any place other made to the Chairman, Municipal Board at least a month than that mentioned in the .licence. before the expiry of the existing licence. (e) The shop shall not be used for any purpose other than the sale of fish. PENALTY 5. All fish for sale should be kept in an ice box or a Breach of any of the provisions of these Bye-laws masonary cistern (with cover containing ice pieces) and shall be punishable with a fine which may extend to Rs. small fish kept in basket or platform shall be covered with 50/- (Rupees fifty only) and in the case of a continuing a clean cloth to protect the fish from contamination by breach with a further fine which may extend to Rs. 5/ dust and flies. (Rupees five only) for every subsequent day after the date of first conviction during which the (offender is 6. The shop for sale of' fish shaH have wire guage proved to have perSisted in the offence) offenCe of continued. 168 APPENDIX - 56 ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ADMINISTRATION CHIef COMMISSIONER'S SECRETARIAT NOTIPICATION -:Part Blair, the 14th August, 19741 Sarvana 23,1896. NO.135174/F.No.2j-4W4-~.1. :-Whereas,adraftof 3. The entire Revenue village Nayagaon; a notification proposing the ioluslon within the..p"()rt Blair Municipal area, of certairl are.JS ~ntiguous thereof 4. The entire Revenue village of Dudh Line as is comprising the entire rtvarlUe vma_;es of Lama Line, bounded by the village boundaries of Shadipur Naya Gaon, Dudh Line.. Ccrby_W6 eove and Goodwill and South Point on the North by the village ~state and a portion of t.be revenue village Minnie Bay boundary of Goodwill Estate, on the East by and Scbool Line was publi$bed in the Andaman and sea, on the South and by the village boundaries NlCobar Gazette Extra ordinjry No. 72 dated the 15th of Corbyn's Cove and Nayagaon on the East; May, 1974 and posted at lhe office of the Deputy Commissioner and other conspicuous places in the said 5, So much portion of the Revenue village of viUages as required by the proviso to sub-section (1) of School Line, as is bounded on the North by the section 3 of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands (Munici village of Lamba Line, on the east by the main pal Board's) Regulation,1957, Regulation No', 1 of 1957, road leading from main inuction of the village inviting objections or suggestions on or before 31 st May, leading upto the point from which a road for the 1974', from persons likely to be affected thereby; Army starts on the South by the main road, leading to Army from the main road fo School And whereas the objections and suggestions re Line. Pahargoan and on the West by the fencing ceived onthe said draftfrom persons likely to be affected boundary line oftheland allotted to Army on sur have been duly considered by the Chief Commissioner vey No, 1 of the village; and found by him to be suficient or invalied; 6. The entire revenue village of Corbyn's Cove as Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred is bounded on the North by the village bounda by sub-sectlon( 1) of section 3 of the said Regulation, the ries of Dudh Line and Nayagoan on the East, the Chief Commissioner, Andaman & Nicobar Islands, hereby village boundary of Dudh Line and sea on the declares that the areas specified in the Schedule below South by the sea and on the West by the village shall be included in the Port Blair Municipal Area with boundary of village Lamba Line; effect from the 15th day of August, 1974, namely :- 7. The entire Revenue village of Goodwill Estate SCHEDULE as is bounded by sea on North East and South , . ,~ and on the West by the village boundary ot village Dudh Line. SI. Area included No. HAR MANDER SINGH 1. The entire Revenue village of Lamba Line; Chief Commissioner, Andaman & Nicobar Islands, 2. So much portion of the Revenue village of By order and in the name of the Chief Commisioner Minnie Bay as is bounded on the North by the M, Abdul Qadir sea, on the East by the village of Junglighat and Assistant Secretary (G) Lamba Line, on the South by the village of Lamba Line and School Line and onthe West by the fencing boundary line of the land allotted to the Army on survey No.2 of the village; 169 APPENDIX - 57 SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF IMPORTANT ANIMALS OF PORT BLAIR, ANDAMANS Dog Canis familiaris Cow Bos Indicus Buffaloo Bos Bubalus Goat Capra falconeri Sheep Oris Pig Sus scrofa andamanensis Hawk Accipiter virgatus Sea Eagle Haliaectus lencogaster Black headed Bulbul Pycnonotus atriceps Andaman Teal Anas Gibberifrons Cuckoo Cuculus cranorus White headed mynah Sturnus erythropygius Serpent eagle Spilornis elgini Snake (Non-poisonous) Grass snake Boiga adamanensis (Boie) Andaman Cat snake Boiga dendrophelus House lizard Hemideoctylus frenatus Garden liyard Calotus vessicotor Bites & Ticks Tenuipalpus hastaligni Centipede Crocodilus porosus Crocodile Secolopenra subspinipes Monkey Macaca fascicularis Pynthon Python reticulatus Cobra Naja naja King Cobra Ophiophagus hannah Leech Herudinea Green lizard Philsuma andamanense Turtlye Chelonia myadas Chital (Deer) Axis axis Sea cow Dugong dugon Megapode Megapodius freycinel Nicobar pigeon Calocnas nicobarica Nicobar parakeet Psittacula canicaps Barn Owl Tyto alba Swiftlet (Hawabill) Callocalia esculenta Imperial pigeon Ducula bicolor . Narcondam Hornbill Rhyticeros narcondami Giant Robber crab Birgus lalro 170 APPENDIX - 58 BOTANICAL NAMES OF PLANTS Coconut Cocos nucifera L Cashewnut Anacardium occidentale L Mango Mangifera indica L Guava PSidium guajava L Drumstick Moringa oleifera Lam Pipal Ficus religiosa L Pilkhan Ficus rumphil BI. Gulmohar Delonix rpzia Rafin Banana Musa paradisiaca L Bettlenut Piper bet Ie L Jackfruit Artocarpus integra (Thumb) Merr. Papaya Carica papaya L Pine apple Ananas comosus (L.) Merr 171 APPENDIX - 59 BIBLIOGRAPHY ANDAMAN AND NICOBAR ISLANDS 1. Brown, A.A. The Andaman 1slandei's, a Study in notices of Islands, Their fauna, ethnology etc. London, Social Anthropology. Cambridge, The University Press. James Murray, 1903 xvi 373 p. Illustrated, Maps. 1922 2nd ed 1933. 504 p. front Illustrated with plates. 13. Man,l:dward HOrace, A Dictionary oft he Central 2. Bush H: Journal a cruise amongst the Nicobar Nicobarese Language V.v. English. .. London, W.H. Islands. Calcutta, Sanders & Sons, Printers. 184560 p. Allen, 1889. viii, iv, 143 p. (for !)rivale circulation). 14. the NiCobar Islands and their people, contrib 3. Car Nicobar: Island of Blessing, based on the uted by Sir David Prain, GuiHord (England), BiUing (n.d.) book by Mrs. Grace West. Delhi. S.P.C. K. 1954. 34 X, 186 p. Frontis Illustrative plates, Folding maps. Pages. Plates. 15; Man, Edward Horace. On the aboriginal inhabi 4. Cipriani, Lidio. The Andaman Islanders. Edited tants of the Andaman Islands, with report of researches and translated from the Italian by Or. O. Taylor Cox, into the language of the South Andaman into the South assisted by Linda Cole. London, Weidenfeld, 1966, XII, Andatnan Islands, by B.J. Ellis. London Royal Anthropo 159 p. Plates. logical Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. 1833 . Reprinted forthe Journal of the ~nthropologicallnstitue. 5. Crawford John : A Descriptive Dfetionary of the xvii, 224 p. , 73 p. Indian Islands and adjacent countries. London, Broadbury and Evans, 1856.459 p. frontis and folding map. 16. Maurer, Franz, Die Nlcobaren. Colonial geschchte. and beschreibung nebst motivirtem vorsch 6. Das, t:.A.M. The Andaman Islands. Foreword: C. lage 2ur colonization dieser inseln durch preussen, J. Vaskey, Bangalore, Printed at the Good Shepherd Berlin, C. Haymann, 18672 p.1. X 320 p. Fronntis, Map Comment Press, 1937 . 7 Plates. 129 p. & other illustrations. 7. Duncan, D.: Descriptive SoCiOlogy . Types of 17. Meerworth, A.M. The Andarnanese; Nicobarese lowest races. Nagrito races and Malayopolynesian and hill tribes of Assam CalCutta, Surpefintendent, Govt. Races. 2nd ed. London, 1897. Printing 19192 p. 1 V. 5fp. (Indian Museum, Ethnologi- cal GaUery Guide Book No.2) ; 8. Hanesal J. H. : leters on the Nlcobar Islands; their natural productions, and the manners, customs and 18. Mouat, FredericJoh,AdventuresanciResearches supersthions of the natives; with an account of an among the Andaman Islanders London, Basil Blackett. attempt made by the church of the United Brethren, to 1863 viii, 367 p. Frontis, plates, Edding map. convert them to Christianhy. 19. Portman, Maurice Vidal. A History of oyr Rela 9. Imperial Gazetteer of India. Provincial Series Vol. tions with the Andamanese:- Compo from tJ.istories and XIX. Andaman & Nicobar Islands Calcutta, 1908. travels and from the records Of the Govt. 01 India, Caluptta, Supdt. Govt. Printing.,...~. 2 vms~ . 10. History of the Services of Officers holding Gazet ted appointments serving in Port Blair and Nicobars. 20. A manual of the Andamanese Languages. Delhi, Manager of publications. 19. London, W. H. Allen. 1887 vi p. 11,229 ·11. The Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Ministry of 21. Portman, M. V. Notes on the Languages of the Information and Broadcasting, Publication Division, Delhi, South Andaman Group of Tribes Calcutta, Suptdt. Govt. 1957. 50 p. Illustrated. Printing, 1898. viii, 390, 191 p. . 1~. Kloss, Boden O.ln the Andamans and Nicobars; . 22. Suatrefagesdo Brean. The Pygmies : Tranlated the narrative of a cruise in the Schooner ''Terrapin'' with by Frederick Starr, London, Macmillan, 1895. 172 173 23. Radcliff-e-Brown, Alfred. The Andaman Island 36. The onge of the Little Andaman - A Short Guide ers: A Study in Social Anthropology-Cambridge Univer Book'. Anthropological Gallery, Indian Museum, Ca sity Press, 1922. XiV, 504 Pages. luctta 24. Reapstarff, Frederik Ad de. A Dictionary of the 37. Sarkar, S.S. - The Origin and Migration of the Nancovry Dialect of Nicobarese language. In 2 parts: Negritoes in the Andaman Islands. Man in India, Vol.'33, Nicobarese - English & English Nicobarese. Ed. by Mrs. Nov. 1953. De. Roepstorff. Calcutta, Printed at Home Dept. Press. , 864. 279 pages. 36. Singha, S. - Types of Human - Adaptation in the Andamans; Geog. Review of India. Sept. 1952 No.3, 25. Vocabulary of Dialects spoken in the nicobar Vol. 14. and Andaman Islands with a short account of the na tives, their customs, haoits and of previous attempt at 39. Singha, S. -Resettlement of East Pakistan Refu colonisation. 2nd edition. Calcutta, Super'lntendent, Govt. gees in Andaman Islands. 1955. Printing, 1875. 2 p. 1, 114 p. 40. Sen Gupta, Benu: Andaman Sea Treasures, A. 26. Sen, Prabhat Kumar: Land and people of the B. Patrika. 31.7.1958. (Amrita Bazar Patrika). Andamans: A Geographical, Socio-Eccnomical. Study. Post Graduate Book Mart. 1962197 p. Plates, Maps. 41 .. Sen, P. K. : Some Aspects of the Recent Tabies and Biblor :gphy. Colonisation in the Andamans. Geog. Review of India. / Dec. 1958 . .27. C.H. Turnder. Notes on the Andaman Islands, From Existing,information. Rangoon, Supdt. Govt. Print 42. A Study of the Populations of the Andamans. ing, Burma, 1897 11 p. folding map. Indian Geographer, New Delhi, 1960. 28. Vaidya Suresh, Islands of the Marigold Sun. 43. Sen, P. K. : Agriculture in the Andamans Geog. Umdon, Robert Hare, 1960, Lates. Map. Rev. of India. Ceyloan. 29. Whitehead, George. In the Nicobar Islands. 44. Shivadasani, H.R. Report on the Possiblities of Pre1ace: R. C. Temple. London, Seely Service, 1924. Colonisation and development of the Andaman and 27&p. Nicobar Islands, 1949. Govt. of India. Ministry of Home Affairs. 30. Cipriani D. Survey of Little Andaman during 1954 Bulletin, Anthropological Dept. Govt. of India. 45. Sewell, R. B. (1925) Geography of Andaman Basin. Geogaphic and Oceanographic researches in 31. Vocabulary of Nicobar English Bards, translated India Waters: Memoir, Asiatic Soc. Bengal, Vol. I. from "Beretning on Corvetten, Gaiethea's Reiss". By A. De. Roepstortf etc. Port Blair, Supdt. Office Press. '869. 46. Ferrar, M. L. : The Nicobar Islands and their 21.32 p. inhabitants, A. Lecture delivered at the Asiatic Society of Great Britain. Journal of Royal Asiatic Society, July, 32. Ganesh, K. R. (Secretary, Andaman Indian 1933. pp. 749-763. Association). - Memoir to the Parliament on the situ ation of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. 6.5. , 952. 47. i) Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Calcutt", Supclt. Govt. Printing, 1909 viii, 68 p. fold 33. Gourore. Pierre- The Tropical World. Is Socieaf map. 22" 13.5". and economic conditions and its future status. Longman Green & Co. 2nd.ed 1954. ii) Archibald Blair. Survey of the Andamans. Calcutta Gazette Office. 1923 15 p. 22.5 x 34. Koudern. W- Notes on the Geographical Distri 14. Appears to be a part of a larger publica bution of the Pygmies and their possible affornistres, tion. A sequel to a!l..earlier report submitted Etheno' Stud. 9, 1939. to Lord Cornowall fs, Governor-General of India, on the 19th'iune, 1879. 35. Nigam R. C.• Little Known Tribes of the An· daman Islands. their problems and prospects. Geog. iii) A Duqusne. A New Voyage to East Indies in Jour. Vol VIII: Nos. 1,2,3, 1960. the years 1690 and 1691, being a full de scription of the Isles of Maldives, Cocos, 174 Andamans and the isles of Asc~nsion and 61. Oyer, A. Saunders : The Andaman Islands. the Forts and garrisons now in possession "Calcutta Review". Vol. 116. April, 1903. pp. 260-91. of the forts and garrisons now in possession Description of Social Life. of the French, with an account of the cus toms manners and habits of the Indians. 62. The Nicobar Islands. "Calcutta Review". Vol. 51, London, Dniel During, 1696.315 p. No. 102. 1870. pp. 266-88. 48. Frank M. Le Bar, edited by : Ethnic Groups of 63. Ruth, G. M. : The Andaman Islands. "Fortnightly Insular Southeast Asia. Vol. 1. Indonesia, Andaman Review" No. 158 (July to Dec. 1945) pp. 1110-15. On Islands and Madagaskar, New Haven. HRF Press, economic problems. 1973.244 p. Illustrations, Index Bibliography. Part II is an account of the Andamanese and Nicobarese by M ani 64. Tarling, Nicholas, "Pirates and Convicts". British Nag who worked in the area during the 196ds Interests in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands in the Mid- 19th century. Journal of Indian History. Trivandrum. Vol. 49. Portman M. V. : Notes on the languages of the 38, (Dec. 1960). pp. 505-26. South Andaman Group of Tribes (1898), History of our Relations to the Andamanese, (1899). 65. Temple, Sir Richard Camac : Extracts from the Bengal Consultations of the 18th Century relating to the 50. Closs, C. B. : In the Andamans and Nicobars. Andaman Islands Indian Antiquary, 29-32 (1900-1903). (1903). Throughout Volumes see Index in vors for pp. covers period, 1788-1796. 51. Brown, A.R. Radcliffe: "Andaman Islands". Far East Review (May, 1940). 66. Temple sir Richard :(Ed). Miscellaneous Papers relating to the settlements in the Andaman Islands in the 52. Bacon. Elizabe~h E. : Asian Tribes. Colliers 18th century. Indian Antiquary, 28 (Dec. 1899) pp. 323- Encyclopaedia Vol. 2 p. 352-376. 31. 53. Andaman & Nicobar Islands. Colliers 67. Temple, Sir Richard: An" Unpublished Docu Enoyclopeadia, 1955. Vol. 1-556 a, 10-426-c; Negritis, ment about the Nicobars (1771). Indian Antiquary, Nov. 14-459 d. 1900,341-47. The observations of John Ritchie, Survey or. 54. Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Encyclopaedia International. 1964. Vol. 1 p. 388. 68. Temple, Sir Richard: A unpublshed 18th century document about the Andamans. Indian Antiquary, 30 55. Andaman and Nicobar Islands: Encyclopaedia (1901 )232-238. Britannica. 1973. pp. 887-89. 69. Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Encyclopaedia 56. Temple, Sir Richarcl C. Andamans. Encyclopae Americana. p. 805. Vol. I. 1973. dia of Religion and Ethics Vol. I. 2nd ed. 1925. pp. 467- 69. 70. Mathur, L. P. : History of Andaman and Nicobar Islands. 1756-1966. 1968. 57. Wood, J.G . : The Natural History of Man Vol. I. 1870 Andaman & Nlcobar Islands. (Illustrated) pp. 210- 71. Technoeconomic Survey of Andsaman and 220. Nicobar Islands. National Council of Applied Economic Researrch. New Delhi, 1972. 58. Birch. William B. : The Andaman Islands, "Cal cutta Review". Vol. 66 page 131. (1878) . 72. Andaman Islands, The World Book Encyclopae dia 1969. Vol. I. p. 427. '59. The Nicobar Islands. "Calcutta Review" Vol. 66 p. 133, 1878. 73. Andaman Islands. The World Almanac. 1974. P 435. 60. Das-Gupta, S.N. : Proceedings Relative to a Settlement at Andamans. Indian Historical Records 74. Andaman and Nicobar Islands. The New Ency Commission. Vol. 24, Feb. 1948. pp. 51-57. clopaedia Britannica. 1973. Ready Reference and In dex. Vol. I. pp. 350-51. 175 75. Black. Charles E.O. : Memoir of Indian Survey. Negrito auf den Andaman (Arch. F. Ra$s. U. Gesell., vol. 1891. London. Eyre and Spotlis-Woode • 1875-90. pp. 21H.1.) 30-33,204-205 and 310-311. 91. Ellis, A. J. : On the Aboriginal Inhabitants of hte 76. Blair, Archibald: survey of the Andamans (Se Andaman Islands. London, 1922 .. lections from Records of Govt. of India from Deptt. No. XXIV, 1793). 92. Fox, A Lane. Observations on Mr. Man's collec tions of Andamanese and Nicobarese Objects. Reprint. 77. Block, Jules. Prefixes Et. Suffixes Sir. Andaman JRAI 1878. Bull. Soc. de Linguistique De Paris. 1949. Vol. 45 pp. 1- 46. 93. Gri~rson, G.A. Ling~stic Survey of India pp. 15 (In the section Nicobarese Language, Vol. IV). 78. Bonnington, C. J. : Ossurary Practices in the Nicobars - With particular reference to the practice of 94. Guha, B.S. : Report of a Survey of the Inhabi keeping the skull of an ancestor on or in a life-size tants of the Andaman & Nicobar Islands, during 1948- wooden body on the Islands of Teressa and Bompoka. 49. (Bull. Dep. Anthrop Vol. 1, No. f, 1953). pp. 105 (In M. Vol. 1932). 95. Hutton, J. N. : Notes on the Andamanese & the 79. Brander, E. S. : Remarks on the aborigines of Nicobarese. pp. 1 (In MIA, Vol. XI,No. 1, 1931). Andaman Islands pp. 415 (In Proc. R. Soc. of Edinb. Vol. X,) 1880. 96. India, Govt. of : The Andaman and Nicobar Isiands. Local Gazeteer . Calcutta, Govt. pro 1908. 80. Buchi, E. C. :The Onge of Little Andamann. (M.I. , Vol VI, No.2 1953). 97. Jaffer, S.S. Mohmed. History of Port Blair. 1879. (In Urdu). 81. Cadell, T. The Andamans and Anamanese. (Scot. Gtlvg. Mag. Vol. V, 1889). 98. Jagar, Herr, F: Andamanese. Oder Mincopies (Repr. From Zeits. f. Enthol). 82. Cappierl, Marlo. The Andamanese a dwindling race. (41 st Congress ofthe Ital Soc F. Adv. of Sc. Rome, 99. Jagor, Herr. F. : Maastabeue Und Photogra Oct. 1942). phien Van Andamanensen. pp. 259. (In V. B.G., Vol VIIl. 83. Chatterjee , B.K. : The Onges of the Little 100. Kaudern. Walter. Notes on the Geographical Andaman, pp. 86. In V.J., Vol. I No.4 Oct. 1953. distribution of the Pygmies and their possible affinities. pp. 151. (In Ethnol. StUd., Vol. 9, 1949). 84. Chatterjee, B.K. & Basu, D. N. : The Magico Religious Ceremonies of the Nieobarese. pp. 27 (In V.J. 101. Lapieque, M. Ethnographie Des llesAndaman. Vol. I, No.2, Apr. 1953). pp. 359-371. (In Ext. des Bull. de la soc. d. Anthrop. de Paris. May, 1894). 85. Colebrook, R.H. : On the Andaman Islands. pp. 392 (In Asia. Res. Vol. IV, 1795). 102. Lehmann, Hermann : The Andaman Islands. pp. 99-112 (In St. Bart's Hosp. JI., Vol. 59, NO.4, 1955.). 86. Cutting, Suydam, The Andaman Islands. pp. 247-264. (In "Fire Ox and other Years"). 103. Lehmann, Hermann. Andamanese Negritos. pp. 114-19. (In Distributea ofthe Sickle Cell Gene by the 87. Distant, W. L. : The Inhabitants of Car Nicobar. author in Eng Rev. Vol. 46, 1954). pp. 2 (In J.R. A. I., Vol. III, Nos. 7-9, 1873-74). 104. Man, Edward Horace. An Account of the An 88. Eckstedt, E. Von. Ethnographische. Studion damanese Language. (Published in the Census of unter Andamanesisohen Negritors. pp. 77 (In Ethnol Andaman & Nicobar Islands, 1901). Anzg. II. H. 2, 1929). 105. Man, Edword Horace. Descriptive Catalogue 89. Eckstedt, E. VO!1. Die Negritos der Andaman. of objects used by the Natives of the Nicobar Islands. pp. 259. (In Anthrop. Anzg, Vol. V 1928.) (Ind. Antiq., Feb. 1895). 90. Eickstedt, E. Von. Uber das Aussterben der 106. Man, Edword Horace. A Dictionary eI the South 176 Andaman (Aka-Bea). Language. Bombay, British India Pr.1923. 122. Quatrefages. A. De. The Pygmies. Tr. by Frederick Starr. London, Macmillan & Co. 1895. pp. 63- i 07. Maekenzie, Compton. Arakoen, Andaman and 143. Nicobar Islands: pp. 38-166. (In All over the place, by Comption Mackenzie). 123. Redcliff·Brown, A.R. : Andaman peace·mak in~. pp. 532-533. (In Primitive Heritage by Margaret 108. Man, E.H. : Tho Nicobar Islanders. pp. 354- Mead). 394. (In J.R. A.L, Vol XVIII, No. 64-67, 1889). 124. Radcliff·Brown, A.A. Notes on the Languages 109. Man, E. H. The Nicobar Islands & their people. of the Andarnan Islands. pp. 36.52 (In Anthrop., V~ IX, London, Royal AnthropoJogicallnstitute. n.d. pp. 186. 1914). Plates, Folding Map. Memoir by Sir David Prain. 125. Reid Maine. Odd People : Being a popular 110. Man, E. H. : A Nicobarese Vocabulary. london, description of singu1ar laces of man . London, Rout W. H. Allon & Co., 1888-89, 2-Vols. ladge. Wame & Rout. 1860. pp. 401-424. 111. Man E. H. : On the Aboriginal Inhabitants o11he 126. Risley, Herbert. The People of India 2nd ed. Ed. Andaman Is:ands pp. 327-434. (J.R.A.S;, Vol. XII, Nos. by W. Crooke. Calcutta, & Simla. Thacker Sprink & Co., 40-43, 1882-83). 1915 pp. 14, 15,23,32,..390-393. 112. Man, E. H. On the Andaman Islands and their 127. Ritchie, John. The Andamans in the 18th Inhabita,lts. pp. 253. (In J.RAi., Vol XIV 1884-85). Century. pp. 232. (In Ind. Alltq. Vol. XXX 1901). 113. Man, E. H. : On the Andaman and Nicobarese 128. Roepstorff, F.A De. Notes on the Inhabitants of objects (J.R.A.L, Vol. XI, Nos. 36-39, i881-82). the Nicobars. (Reprint, Proo. As. Soc. B. Jan - June, 1881). pp. 1-9 & 1-8. 114. Meerworth, A.M. : Indian Museum, Calcutta. Ethnographical Gallery- The Andamanese and NiCQ· 129. Roepstorff, FA De. Vocabulary of dialects barese & Hill Tribes of Assam. Guide Book No.2, 1919 spoken in the Nicobar and Andaman Islands with a short pp. V. 51, VI. Plates & diagrams. account of the Natives, tMir customs and habits. etc. 2nd ed, Calcutta, Govt. pro 1875. 115. Mouat, F.J. : Adventures and Researches among the Andar."lan Islanders. LOl1dor.. Hurst & Blask· 130. Roapstorff, F.A .de Vovabu!arl of Nicobar wei!. 1863. pp. viii, 367. English words. Port Blair, 1869. ~ 16. Notes on the Jarawa Language. Calcutta, 131.Schebesta. Paul: Die Negrits Asiens : Stu die Govt. pro 1921. (?). Institutes .Anthropos. Wien Modling St. Gabriel-Verlag, 1952. Vol. 6. 117. Portman, M.V. : The Exploration and Survey of Little Andamans (Proc. A. Geog. Soc. & Monthly Record 132. Schmidt, .W. Sprachfamilien und Sprachen of Geog., Sept. 1888). Kreise der Erde. 1926 pp. 122,362. 118. Portman, M.V. : Andamanese Music·With notes 133. Solomon. V. Extracts from Diaries Kept in Car on Oriental Music and musical instruments. po. 181. (In Nicobar. pp. 202. (In J.RAI., Vol. 32, 1902). J.A.A.S. Vol. 20, 1888.) 134. Temple, A.C.lmperial Gazetteer of India, Pro· . 119. Portman, M. V. : Manual of the Andamanese vincial Series·Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Calcutta, Language. London, W.A. Allen, 1887. Govt. pr. 1900. 120. Portman, M.V.: Noteson IheAndamanese. pp. 135. Temple, R.C. Official Record of dealings with 361-371. (InJ.A. A.I., Vol. XV, No. 92-95,. May 1896). the Jarawa. pp. 68-90 (InCensus Report, Vol, III, 1901). 121. Portman, M.V. : Records-of the Andamanese. 136. Temple, Re. Plan tor a Uniform scientifiC 26 parts. (Manuscripts and privately printed records of Record of the languages (1f Savages; applied to the Somatic characters & Material Culture of the Andama languages of the Andamanese & Nicobarese. Bornaby, nese),1893-98. 177 Education Soc. pro 1908. 151. Temple, Richard Oamac (Ed.) Extracts from the Bengal consultations relating to Andaman Islands. 137. TefIl*,R.C. Remarks on the Andamanlsland Indian Antiquary. 29-32. (1900-1903) Covers period ers and their country. (Ind. Antiq. 1923. 1925, 1929, 1788-1796. 1930). 152. Temple, A.C.: MisCellaneous papers Relative 138. Temple, R.C. Round About the Andaman and to the Settlements in the Andaman Islands. Indian Nlcobars. (J.Soc. Art., No. 2457, Vol. 48, Dec. 1899). Antiquary, 28 (December, 1899). 323-31. 139. Te"l'le, R.C. A Theory of Universal Grammer 153. Temple, R.C. : An Unpublished Document as applied to a group of Savage languages (Andama aboutthe Nicobars(1771).lndianAntiquary, Nov. 1900, nese). (J.R.A.S. July, 1899y. 341-47. The observations of John Richie, Surveyor. 140. Turner, C.H. : Notes on the Andaman Islands. 154. Andaman Islands. In Patricia Kendall's India 1887. .. and the British: A Quest for truth. london 1931. pp. 272. 141. Amalendu Mukhopadhyay : Andaman 155. Andaman Islands. In "Come with Me to India" O'Nicobar Deeppunja. In Bengali. Bharat-Kosh. Vol. I. by Patricia Mendan.london, 1935. p. 272. pp.274-75. 156. Nicobars. In Edward Thornton: A Gazetteer of 142. Steinburg, S.H. (ed.) The Statesman Year Territories under the Govt. of the East India Company. Book, 1962. Andaman & Micobar Islands. p.702. 143. Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Bay of Bengal 157. Andaman and Nicobar Islands. Colliers Ency The Gazetteer of India. Indian Union, Vol. I. 1965. clopaedia 1955.1-556 a; 10-426c; Negrities; 14-459d; People 2-375a. 144. Birch, William B. the Andaman Islands. Cal cutta Review. 66: 131 (1878); 152-77. 158. E.H. Man and A. J. Ell is. On the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the Andaman Islands. Reprint from Jour 145. Birch W.B. The Nicobar Islands. Calcutta nal, Royal Anthropologk.allnstitute, 1932. Review. 66: 133. 1878.586-615. 159. G.S. Miller: .. The Manual of the Andaman ana 146. Das Gupta, S.N. Proceedings Relative t, a Nicobar Islands, Proceedings of the U.S. Natural Mu Settlement at the Andamans. Indian Historical Records seum. 24: 751-795 (1902). Commission 24 (Feb. 1948).51-57. 160. A.R. Radcliff Brown : Andam~n Islands. "Far 147. Dyer, A. Saunders. The Andaman Islands. Eastern Review" (May, 1940). Calcutta Review 116 (April 1903). 260-91 Description of Social Life. 161. Andaman, the Indian Bastille by Bijoy Kumar Sinha. Prafulla C. Mittra, 24/30. The Mall, Cawnpore. 148. The Nicobar Islands. Calcutta Review, 51 :102 (1870). 162. A.A. Redcliff Brown. The Andaman Islanders. India Book House Park Circus, Calcutta. 149. Routh, G.M. The Andaman Islands. "Fort nightly Review". 158 (July-Dec. 1945) On Economic 163. G.E. Gerinu. Researchesin Ptolemy'S Geogra Problems. phyof Eastern Asia. Oriental Books. Reprint Corpn. 54, Rani Jhansi Road, New Delhi. 150. Tarling, Nicholas, Pirates and Convicts. British Interest in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands in the Mid- 164. P.K. Sent and people of the Andaman, Post 19th Centllry. Journal of Indian History, Triv8ndrum. 38 Graduate Book Mart, 55 MG Road, Calcutta-9. (Dec. 1960) 505-26. 165. K.K. Mathur. Nicobar Islands. MBT Delhi 178 List of reference books, reports and publications on A & N Islands which are consulted before writing the Town Study Report on Port Blair 1. Census Reports from 1901 to 1981 2. Gazetteer of 1908 3. Green Islands in the Sea by B.L. Chak 4. The Islands of Marigold Sun by Suresh Vaidya. 5. The Andaman Islanders by A.A. Radcliffe Brown 6. The Nicobar Islands by G. Whitehood 7. The Penal Settlement by Dr. Majumdar 8. Techno-Economic Survey Report on A & N Islands; 9. Report of Intra departmental High Power Team of the Govt. of India 10. Annual General Administration Report of 1868 " . Agricultural Census Reports 12. Hundred Years of Forestry in Andamans 13. Port Blair Municipal Board on the March silver Jubilee Celebration 14. Statistical Outline. Statistical Bureau. A & N Admn. 15. Basic Statistics. Statistical Bureau. A & N Admn. 16. Portrait of Population. Census Directorate